1. Ensure sufficient funding is available to build a stadium that can meet long-term needs, rather than a basic stadium that may require costly future upgrades. 2. Determine an appropriate capacity, considering both current attendance levels and the potential to attract higher-level matches that could significantly increase attendance. 3. Consider designing the stadium to be adaptable over time through the potential future addition of seating areas, premium amenities, video screens, roofs, and other upgrades in a cost-effective manner. Planning for future expansion and modernization can extend the useful life of the stadium.

1. 2011
5th edition 2011
Football
5th edition
Stadiums
Technical recommendations
Technical recommendations
and requirements p
and requirements
p
Football Stadiums
Fédération Internationale de Football Association
FIFA-Strasse 20 P.O. Box 8044 Zurich Switzerland
Tel.: +41-(0)43-222 7777 Fax: +41-(0)43-222 7878 www.FIFA.com

3. 5th edition 2011
Football
Stadiums
Technical recommendations
and requirements p
Football StadiUMS 3

4. Contents
01 02 03 04
Foreword from the FIFA President, Joseph S. Blatter 6
Foreword from the FIFA Secretary General, Jérôme Valcke 8
Foreword from the working group 10
The fascination of football stadiums 12
Pre-construction decisions Safety and security
1.1 Strategic pre-construction decisions 30 2.1 Safe stadiums: the fundamental requirement 50
1.2 Stadium location 32 2.2 Specific safety requirements 50
1.3 Playing field orientation 35 2.3 Structural safety 52
1.4 Green Goal 37 2.4 Fire prevention 52
1.5 Environmental compatibility of stadium site 40 2.5 Stadium control room 52
1.6 Community relations 43 2.6 Television surveillance system 53
1.7 Multi-purpose stadiums 44 2.7 Spectators’ medical centre 53
Players and match officials Spectators
5.1 Access to dressing rooms 94 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
5.2 Dressing rooms, toilets and bathing areas 94 6.2 Spectator areas 118
5.3 Access from team areas to playing field 100 6.3 Communication with the public 119
5.4 Warm-up areas 100 6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
5.5 Players’ medical room 102 6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
5.6 Doping control 104 6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
5.7 Event management offices 104
5.8 Dressing rooms for ball kids 104
Lighting and power supply Communications
and additional areas
9.1 Power supply 166 10.1 Communications requirements 194
9.2 Facility requirements 169 10.2 Programme development 195
9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176 10.3 Communications systems, applications and users 196
9.4 Environmental impact 180 10.4 Communications rooms 198
9.5 Installation commissioning 181 10.5 Project development 198
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188 10.6 Telephones 199
10.7 Additional areas 200
10.8 Flagpoles 200

5. 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12
Orientation and parking Playing area
3.1 Signposting and directions on tickets 56 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
3.2 Public access and egress 56 4.2 Playing field quality 68
3.3 Parking for spectators 58 4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
3.4 Hospitality parking 59 4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
3.5 Parking for teams, match officials and stadium staff 59 4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
3.6 Access and parking for the media 60 4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
3.7 The emergency services and disabled spectators 60 4.7 Access to playing area 87
3.8 Helipad 60 4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
Hospitality Media
7.1 Corporate hospitality facilities 130 8.1 Accreditation office 148
7.2 Hospitality requirements: guiding principles 131 8.2 Media tribune and commentary positions 148
7.3 FIFA programme requirements 132 8.3 Stadium media centre 151
7.4 VVIP areas and VIP areas 134 8.4 Press conference room, mixed zone and flash interview positions 152
7.5 Commercial hospitality rights 139 8.5 Facilities for photographers 158
7.6 Special conditions 139 8.6 Television infrastructure 158
8.7 Studios 161
8.8 Broadcast compound 161
Futsal and Temporary facilities
beach soccer
11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204 12.1 Event facilities 278
11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208 12.2 Event experience 278
11.3 Futsal media areas 214 12.3 Demountable structures 281
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220 12.4 Event facilities – sustainability 287
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
FIFA World Cup™ space requirements 290
Index 404

6. Foreword
Joseph S. Blatter
FIFA President
6 Football StadiUMS

7. A word from the FIFA President
Football stadium design around the world has evolved greatly over
the past decade. Stadiums have undergone a transformation from
being mere venues for football matches to multifunctional event
facilities, bringing advantages for all target groups. Improved transport
connections, greater security and contemporary infrastructure also
attracted many families to the stadiums during the FIFA World Cup™ in
2010, heralding a new era of stadium construction.
It is in the interests of fans, political authorities and investors alike to
have economic, ecological and socially sustainable stadium design.
Stadiums represent the visible legacy of an event such as the FIFA
World Cup™. In combination with a long-term event portfolio and
flexible infrastructure, they can help to create substantial added social
value. Their design can help meet a host of economic and ecological
objectives, in particular reducing emissions and waste products and
delivering a sustainable water supply.
The 2010 FIFA World Cup South Africa™ undoubtedly set new
standards in stadium design. South Africa showed the world that
design and ecological sustainability can go hand in hand and that clever
use of their synergies can generate added value. Players, fans, media
representatives and sponsors had nothing but praise for the stadiums
during the FIFA World Cup™ – not only signalling appreciation of their
unique architectural qualities but also their efficiency and functionality.
I hope that you enjoy this book and that the wide range of background
information it provides lends you new insights into stadiums and their
sustainable construction.
Joseph S. Blatter
FIFA President
Football StadiUMS 7

8. Foreword
Jérôme Valcke
FIFA Secretary General
8 Football StadiUMS

9. A word from the FIFA Secretary General
Football stadiums are the life and soul of professional football – it
is where football fans congregate to watch, week in and week out,
the achievements and struggles of their teams. At the 2010 FIFA
World Cup™ we saw a new benchmark being set on stadium design,
construction and facilities for fans and teams. The power of the FIFA
World Cup™ to thrill and stir passionate emotions across the globe
is unrivalled. Hosting the FIFA World Cup™ brings an unquantifiable
level of pride and honour for any host country and also provides a
unique opportunity for a nation to rebrand and market itself to a global
audience.
The general requirements for a FIFA World Cup™ stadium do not differ
from a regular international or top league match – but the scale of
requirements differs greatly. Much is required from a FIFA World Cup™
stadium: during the 2010 FIFA World Cup™, an average of 49,670
spectators attended each match, consuming more than 3.1 million
bottles of drinks. 56 MW of power generated by 253 temporary power
plants was consumed – this equals the supply for over 56,000 homes.
2,750 hours of TV feed was produced for broadcasters in 214 countries.
Today’s HD production requires at least 30 cameras per match for the
world feed, and all of these aspects have to be taken into consideration
when planning.
This book serves as a reference for any football stadium construction –
whether it is for a major sporting event, to set up a 21st century arena,
or a small community stadium. It provides the football community with
information related to stadiums across all facets of the game. As such,
for the first time it also includes chapters on futsal and beach soccer
with their own special characteristics required to further enhance the
development and growth of those two exciting kinds of football.
For the Game. For the World.
Jérôme Valcke
FIFA Secretary General
Football StadiUMS 9

10. Foreword
The working group
10 Football StadiUMS

11. The working group Ron DelMont FIFA Charles R. Botta Switzerland Ruben Reddy South Africa
(from left to right):
Ed Ragain USA (lighting, IT and power)
Richard Hayden Ireland (natural grass)
The contributors Damon Lavelle Australia (temporary facilities)
Foreword from the working group
This is the fifth edition of Football stadiums: Technical recommendations and requirements
as well as the most ambitious, with new material on the FIFA Green Goal environmental
programme, on futsal and beach soccer – two exciting and rapidly growing forms of
football – and on the temporary facilities which may be required when hosting a FIFA
World Cup™. It also includes important updates on event lighting, power supply,
communications systems, natural grass and artificial turf playing fields, hospitality facilities
and the impact of new stadiums on the environment – all of which were new features in
the fourth edition.
As with previous editions, the book is based on the most up-to-date research available,
provided by FIFA representatives and the world’s leading experts in stadium design. Such
is the pace of change, however, that no publication on the design of football stadiums
could ever be entirely future-proof. It is the desire of the working group, however, for this
book to have a long shelf life.
New in the fifth edition is a sub-section at the end of 10 of the 12 chapters entitled FIFA
World Cup™ considerations, which emphasises those points relevant to the staging of FIFA
World Cup™ finals. The book also contains, in the FIFA World Cup™ Space Requirements
document, an updated comprehensive breakdown of the space required for hosting
matches in the FIFA World Cup™. This information will be invaluable for developers
who want their facility to host any top-level football match, not just FIFA World Cup™
matches. As a further aid to those involved in stadium design and inspection, the Space
Requirements document in this edition has been sorted by category and department.
The objective of the book remains the same as ever: to help everyone involved in the
design, construction and management of a football stadium to create a facility in which
people can watch football in safety and comfort.
Football StadiUMS 11

12. 12 Football StadiUMS

13. Football Stadiums
Where people celebrate football.
All over the world.
Football StadiUMS 13

14. 14 Football StadiUMS

15. Football StadiUMS 15

16. 16 Football StadiUMS

17. Football StadiUMS 17

18. 18 Football StadiUMS

19. Football StadiUMS 19

20. 20 Football StadiUMS

21. Football StadiUMS 21

22. 22 Football StadiUMS

23. Football StadiUMS 23

24. 24 Football StadiUMS

25. Football StadiUMS 25

26. 26 Football StadiUMS

27. Football StadiUMS 27

28. Pre-construction
decisions
28 Football StadiUMS

29. Important decisions need to be made in advance regarding
the location, capacity, design and environmental impact
of a stadium to ensure that the facility continues to meet
the demands of a rapidly changing market.
Football StadiUMS 29

30. 1.1 Strategic pre-construction decisions 30
Pre-construction 1.2 Stadium location 32
decisions 1.3 Playing field orientation 35
1.4 Green Goal 37
1.5 Environmental compatibility of stadium site 40
1.6 Community relations 43
1.7 Multi-purpose stadiums 44
1.1 p Strategic pre-construction decisions
The size and level of comfort of a new stadium will always be governed by the
financial resources available. Nevertheless, when planning a stadium, developers
should always ask certain basic questions at the outset.
Funding
Is sufficient funding available to achieve what is necessary? It is pointless and
wasteful to build a stadium which is so limited in terms of capacity and comfort that
it cannot serve the purpose for which it was originally conceived.
Adapting a basic stadium
Where funding is limited, it may be possible to build a very basic stadium which
could serve an interim purpose. However, care should be taken to ensure that
the structure is capable of future conversion and improvement in a cost-effective
manner, to render it more acceptable to an increasingly demanding market.
Where a basic stadium is planned, the following questions should be asked:
– standing terraces (which are not recommended and which are not allowed
will
at FIFA World Cup™ matches) be capable of future conversion to seated areas
without destroying good sight lines and without requiring major reconstruction
work?
– new seating tribunes and premium seating products (such as private suites),
can
all with good sight lines, access and adjacent customer services, be added in
future?
– is it possible to add large video screens later?
– an unroofed stadium, will the exterior walls and adjacent areas be capable of
in
having a roof fitted at a later date?
– a stadium whose roof covers only the spectator areas be capable of having
will
a retractable roof installed which can cover the whole arena?
– can other technical improvements be made later, including the introduction of
air conditioning in enclosed areas?
Capacity
What should the capacity be? Should the stadium be built to accommodate only For major international
the domestic needs of the club(s) who will use it? Or should it attempt to attract matches a stadium should
matches at a higher level? It is not unusual for clubs to find that the provision of seat at least 30,000 people.
a bright, new, clean and comfortable stadium brings with it a dramatic increase
in attendance levels. In such circumstances, a club which normally attracts an
attendance of around 20,000 and is thinking of building a new stadium with a
capacity of 30,000 might find it preferable to think in terms of nearer 40,000.
A stadium that has a planned seating capacity that exceeds its legacy requirements
can result in the stadium being unable to sustain itself from week to week at full
30 Football StadiUMS

31. capacity. In order to address this issue, integrated seating solutions should be
considered. Stadium capacities should be decided after discussion with the legacy
stadium management to project event seating potential. All proposed modular
seating installations for a FIFA event must be pre-approved. It is incumbent on
the proposers of demountable seating systems to adhere to the requisite safety
regulations and follow global best practice standards. Furthermore, it is necessary to
increase all spectator services to accommodate the additional seats, e.g. toilets and
sanitary facilities, concessions and merchandise temporary units.
Obviously, those places that can sustain a stadium with a capacity of 80,000 or
more find themselves in an advantageous position when it comes to the allocation
of big football events. However, even the biggest stadium is of little use for major
international matches if the city concerned does not have a hotel infrastructure and
international airport facilities – bearing in mind that the bulk of the audience may
be travelling from abroad – as well as the organisational ability and experience to
stage such an event.
There are, of course, no known formulas for determining a stadium’s optimum
capacity. It is very much a choice for those in charge of its development.
Market knowledge
Attracting VIPs, or customers who are willing to pay much more than the average For more information on
ticket price, is essential to the financial success of a modern stadium. What these premium seating products,
customers want varies significantly from country to country and even from city to see Chapter 7.
city, so significant local research should be conducted as early as possible into the
appropriate type of seating products and VIP services that are best for each facility.
Maintenance
When designing a stadium, care should be taken to ensure that its future
maintenance, cleaning, operation and management can be carried out effectively in
as simple, straightforward and cost-effective a manner as possible.
Pace of change
The pace of technological development and the rapidly increasing insistence of
spectators that they are provided with more comfortable and luxurious facilities could
lead to the average life span of a modern stadium falling to 30 years or even less.
In the future, spectators may no longer be prepared to pay to sit outdoors in sub-
zero temperatures or swelter unprotected in the glare of the sun. This accelerating
obsolescence presents a significant challenge to the developers of stadiums.
Therefore, before stadium owners and designers invest millions in a new stadium,
they should question whether or not the facility which they are proposing can
seriously expect to satisfy spectators’ demands in the future. Simply to repeat what
has been built in the past, even in the recent past, could turn out to be a bad
investment.
Football StadiUMS 31

32. 1.1 Strategic pre-construction decisions 30
Pre-construction 1.2 Stadium location 32
decisions 1.3 Playing field orientation 35
1.4 Green Goal 37
1.5 Environmental compatibility of stadium site 40
1.6 Community relations 43
1.7 Multi-purpose stadiums 44
1.2 p Stadium location
A stadium should be situated in a location which is sufficiently large to provide
spacious and safe external public circulation/activity areas and marshalling space for
service vehicles and functions. While it is normal for the arrival of spectators at the
stadium to be spread over a sufficiently lengthy period to prevent undue congestion
near the turnstiles, the majority of spectators will seek to leave the stadium at the
same time, resulting in significant space requirements.
The availability of sufficient external space will also allow for future extension or
redevelopment. Many famous stadiums around the world are in heavily developed
locations with roads, buildings and canals immediately adjacent on all sides. Their
renovation and redevelopment possibilities are restricted by their limited site size
and this is not a desirable situation.
Large sites reduce the probability that the site may have to be abandoned in the A large site improves a
long term, or even in the short term, because of its inability to accommodate some new stadium’s chances of
unforeseen development requirement. Larger sites also increase the possibility being further developed
of providing adequate on-site parking areas – a requirement which will probably in the future.
remain for the foreseeable future.
As a site becomes more suburban and isolated from public transport, it will have to
become larger to accommodate the required additional parking. In this situation,
convenient and multiple access to major roads and motorways is essential.
In an ideal world, the ultimate location would probably be a large city-centre site
with good access to public transport, major roads and motorways and parking
that can be used by others when games are not being played. This reduces the
possibility that large parking areas will be used for as little as 100 to 200 hours
per year. A stadium with ambitions to host international events is more attractive
to event holders if it is within comfortable reach of hotels and active commercial
environments and at least one international airport.
In order to accurately assess the transport requirements of a potential stadium site,
it is suggested that authorities engage the services of transport planners / engineers
and have a detailed transport impact assessment carried out prior to choosing the
final site.
The development of transport infrastructure is costly. It is suggested that the final
decision on the location of a stadium should depend on how close it is to existing
public transport infrastructure (rail, bus, taxi – both water and road – and airport).
32 Football StadiUMS

33. Diagram 1a:
Location of the stadium
Stadium
Stadium
Stadium Area around t
Area around the stadium
Area around the stadium
Center
Centre
Center
Parking Area
Parking area
Parking Area
Train
Train
Train
Railway/undergroundSubway S
Rail
Rail Subway Station station
Emergency Exit
Emergency exit Emergency Ex
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Airport
Airport
Airport
Heliport
Helipad
Heliport
Football StadiUMS 33

34. 1.1 Strategic pre-construction decisions 30
Pre-construction 1.2 Stadium location 32
decisions 1.3 Playing field orientation 35
1.4 Green Goal 37
1.5 Environmental compatibility of stadium site 40
1.6 Community relations 43
1.7 Multi-purpose stadiums 44
Diagram 1b:
Stadium site
Spectator parking Spectator parking
1 Bus station
1 Bus station
Bus station
Spectator parking Spectator parking 2 Underground station
2 Underground station
Underground station
3 Spectator viewing
3 Spectator viewing
Spectator viewing
6 4 VIP viewing
VIP viewing
Media tribune viewing
VIP
6 4
5
Media tribune
Spectator services tribune
Media
5
6
3
7
6 Spectator services
Spectator services
Trainings fields
3
Tournament Training temporary
specific fields
Trainings fields
7
8
infrastructureTournament specific temporary
8 Tournament-specific
9
infrastructure
temporary infrastructure
Player/Referee/VVIP Entrance
to drop9off and parking
Player / referee / VVIP Entrance
Player/Referee/VVIP
4 under concourse
drop-off off and parking
to drop point and
1 2
1 5 4
2 Spectators entranceconcourse
under
parking under concourse
5 Spectators entrance
Spectator entrance
7 9 7
7 9 7
8
Hospitality Spectator
parking 8 parking
Hospitality Spectator
parking parking
VIP Media/broadcast
parking parking
VIP Media/broadcast
parking parking
34 Football StadiUMS

35. 1.3 p Playing field orientation
Great care must be taken regarding the angle of the playing field in relation to For more information on the
the sun and the prevailing weather conditions. Match participants, spectators and
W N
playing field, see Chapter 4.
media representatives must be protected as much as possible from the glare of
the sun. However, the effect of a stadium’s roof on the playing field must also be
considered. When there is a natural grass pitch, it is critical that there is enough light
VIP
and air movement to sustain the healthy growth of grass. All sides of the playing
field must receive a reasonable amount of direct sunlight. Me
Ave
A north-south field orientation is often considered ideal but more sophisticated tim
analysis has led stadium designers to choose an angle equal to the average direction
Fiel
of the sun at half time in an afternoon game.
Sun
S E
Diagram 1c:
N
W N Orientation of
150° -150° the playing field
W N
30°
VIP seating
VIP seating
120° -120°
60°
Media tribune
Media tribune
90° VIP seating
Average half-time
Average half
Media tribune sun position
time sun position
W E
Average half Field orientation axis
Field orientation axis
time sun position Sun trajectory
Sun trajectory
S E
60° Field orientation axis
-60°
Sun trajectory
S E
30° -30°
S
N
150° -150°
30°
N
120° -120°
150° -150° 60°
90°
30°
120° W E
-120°
60°
90°
60° -60°
W E
Football StadiUMS 35
30° -30°
60° S
-60°

36. 1.1 Strategic pre-construction decisions 30
Pre-construction 1.2 Stadium location 32
decisions 1.3 Playing field orientation 35
1.4 Green Goal 37
1.5 Environmental compatibility of stadium site 40
1.6 Community relations 43
1.7 Multi-purpose stadiums 44
Diagram 1d:
Solution for avoiding
Not acceptable Situation for Players,
Spectators and Camerasplaying area
shadow on
during the match
Not acceptable Situation for Players,
Spectators and Cameras
Opaque roof
Not acceptable situation
Opaque roof
for players, spectators
and cameras
Zone with sun Zone with shadow
Zone with sun Zone with shadow
Solution For avoiding Shadow on Playing Area
during the Match
Solution For avoiding Shadow on Playing Area
during the Match
Transparent roof
Solution for avoiding
shadow on playing area
Transparent roof during the match
Zone with sun
Zone with sun
36 Football StadiUMS

37. 1.4 p Green Goal
FIFA has embarked upon an initiative to address environmental sustainability
through the Green Goal programme – an initiative which FIFA fully expects its
member associations and commercial affiliates to embrace.
The principal goals of the programme are: the reduction in the consumption of
potable water, the avoidance and /or reduction of waste, the creation of a more
efficient energy system and an increase in the use of public transport to FIFA events.
These goals should contribute to the establishment of a neutral climate as far as
greenhouse gas emissions are concerned. The programme, which began during the
preparations for the 2006 FIFA World Cup™ in Germany, is one that will form part
of FIFA’s legacy of the 2010 FIFA World Cup™ and should be extended to other
FIFA events, especially future FIFA World Cups™.
Water
A more responsible use of potable water for purposes of irrigation should be
examined. Green Goal suggests the storage of rainwater to support the water cycle.
Further potential savings could be made through the installation of water-saving
technology in sanitary fittings during the construction phase.
Waste
A major cost of stadium management is the removal of waste. To limit the amount of
waste generated, Green Goal proposes the re-use of beverage containers, recycling
through the separation of waste collection and the introduction of packaging-free
food and merchandising products.
Energy
Energy-saving activities should be exploited in the design and construction of
stadiums. Potential energy-saving areas include: the use of photovoltaic technologies.
Certification
The environmental and sustainability agenda has gone through an intense global
development. The process of setting targets and assessing impact has been made
easier by the emergence of various certification methods and systems. Some of the
most notable are Leadership in Energy Efficient Design (LEED), Building Research
Establishment Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM), Green Building star
ratings and carbon footprint measurement.
Football StadiUMS 37

38. 1.1 Strategic pre-construction decisions 30
Pre-construction 1.2 Stadium location 32
decisions 1.3 Playing field orientation 35
1.4 Green Goal 37
1.5 Environmental compatibility of stadium site 40
1.6 Community relations 43
1.7 Multi-purpose stadiums 44
LEED certification
All stadiums should incorporate green building principles and techniques into
their design. New stadiums are encouraged to achieve at least a minimum LEED
certification. Major renovations to existing stadiums are also eligible for LEED
certification. LEED is a building certification system that was developed by the U.S.
Green Building Council. It involves conducting an independent third-party assessment
of the environmental performance of a development. The assessment is conducted
according to the parameters set out in LEED, and points are awarded in each category
where the development complies with these parameters.
LEED certification works as follows:
There are 100 possible base points, plus an additional six points for innovation in
design. Buildings can qualify for four levels of certification:
Certified 40-49 points
Silver 50-59 points
Gold 60-79 points
Platinum 80 points and above
The LEED rating system is divided into six broad categories, each of which has a list
of credits with points attached to them. The categories are:
Sustainable sites
This category deals with site selection and how the development integrates with the
natural environment, social environment and existing transport networks.
Water efficiency
This category is aimed at reducing water consumption and using alternative water
sources such as rainwater harvesting.
Energy and atmosphere
This category encourages the use of alternative energy sources and addresses ways
to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
Materials and resources
This category rewards the use of sustainable building materials, materials with low
or zero emissions and locally sourced materials.
Indoor environmental quality
This category addresses the issue of creating a clean and healthy indoor environment
that makes use of natural ventilation and day lighting.
38 Football StadiUMS

39. Innovation in design
The category rewards innovative thinking that helps to reduce the impact that a
development has on the environment.
The cost implications for building a LEED sustainable stadium vary greatly. The
higher the rating achieved by the design, the higher the cost of the stadium. The
systems engineer must consider energy-efficient air conditioning equipment, LED
lighting and system commissioning that may add cost to the project. However,
these systems may reduce the energy and maintenance costs over the life of the
stadium. In a well-designed stadium, the budget must be considered along with
considerations for energy /operational costs for best value to achieve the desired
LEED status.
For general planning and budgeting, the following should be considered:
Certification 0% increase in budget
Certification to Silver 0%-2% increase in budget
Silver to Gold 2%-5% increase in budget
Gold to Platinum 2%-5% increase in budget
Green building principles
A green building is a building which is energy efficient, resource efficient and
environmentally responsible. It is a building which incorporates design, construction
and operational practices that significantly reduce or eliminate its negative impact
on the environment and its occupants. Building green is an opportunity to use
resources efficiently and address climate change while creating healthier and more
productive environments for people to live and work in.
On a practical level, this encompasses the use of design, materials and technology
to reduce energy and resource consumption, and create improved human and
natural environments. Specific green building measures include: careful building
design to reduce heat loads, maximise natural light and promote the circulation
of fresh air; the use of energy-efficient air conditioning and lighting; the use of
environmentally friendly, non-toxic materials; the reduction of waste and the use of
recycled materials; water-efficient plumbing fittings and rainwater harvesting; the
use of renewable energy sources; and sensitivity with regard to the impact of the
development on the environment.
The benefits of green buildings can be divided into three broad categories, which
correspond to the three spheres of sustainable development – environmental,
economic and social.
Football StadiUMS 39

40. 1.1 Strategic pre-construction decisions 30
Pre-construction 1.2 Stadium location 32
decisions 1.3 Playing field orientation 35
1.4 Green Goal 37
1.5 Environmental compatibility of stadium site 40
1.6 Community relations 43
1.7 Multi-purpose stadiums 44
Environmental benefits include:
– enhancing and protecting ecosystems and biodiversity;
– improving air and water quality;
– reducing solid waste;
– conserving natural resources;
– reducing carbon emissions.
Economic benefits include:
– reducing operating costs;
– enhancing asset value and profits;
– improving employee productivity and satisfaction;
– optimising life-cycle economic performance.
Health and community benefits include:
– improving air, thermal and acoustic environments;
– enhancing occupant comfort and health;
– minimising the strain on local infrastructure;
– contributing to the enhancement of overall quality of life.
1.5 p Environmental compatibility of stadium site
Environmental compatibility is a prime consideration when selecting a site for
a stadium. It is a changing, complex and politically charged subject that must be
analysed carefully. For example, most of us would be very upset if we were suddenly
confronted with the prospect of having our homes overshadowed by the walls of
a large new football stadium. Proximity to existing residential areas is the most
sensitive issue in the development of a new stadium and if possible this should be
avoided.
Typical environmental issues and concerns about the development of a new stadium
include the following:
– increased vehicular traffic;
– large numbers of noisy and often aggressive fans/pedestrians;
– noise from events;
– bright building and event lighting;
– overshadowing of adjacent properties;
– lack of activity around the stadium at non-event times;
– scale of the project in relation to its surroundings.
40 Football StadiUMS

41. With good analysis, design and operational controls, most of the above problems
can be mitigated to satisfy neighbours. Examples include: game-time traffic and
crowd-management plans, restricted-access zones, noise and lighting control
baffles, building the stadium into the ground to lower its height and introducing
uses into the project that generate activity at non-event times.
Extensive landscaping, with the planting of bushes, trees and flower beds in and
around the project, can produce a huge visual benefit to those who use the stadium
and to the local community. The greening of a stadium site enhances the perception
and the reality that the facility respects the environment and its neighbours. The
impact of nearby rivers and lakes on the stadium site’s water table and, therefore,
the playing field drainage capability, should also be considered.
Football StadiUMS 41

42. 1.1 Strategic pre-construction decisions 30
Pre-construction 1.2 Stadium location 32
decisions 1.3 Playing field orientation 35
1.4 Green Goal 37
1.5 Environmental compatibility of stadium site 40
1.6 Community relations 43
1.7 Multi-purpose stadiums 44
Diagram 1e:
Possible solution for
reducing environmental
impact
Bad example:
Bad example:
Construction impact on residential impact on
Construction Buildings
Visual angle residential buildings
Good example:
Possible solution for
Good example: reducing environmental
Visual angle Possible solution impact
for reducing environmental Impact
Diagram 1f:
Possible solution for
reducing impact on
surrounding areas
Bad Example:
Noise Impact on surrounding Areas
Bad example:
Noise impact on
Bad Example:
surrounding areas
Noise Impact on surrounding Areas
Good example:
Possible solution for
Good Example:
reducing noise impact
Possible Solution for reducing Noise Impact
on surrounding surrounding areas
on Areas
42 Football StadiUMS
Good Example:
Possible Solution for reducing Noise Impact
on surrounding Areas

43. 1.6 p Community relations
In choosing the location and design of a stadium, it is vital that early contact and A new stadium provides
consultation is established with local community representatives, environmental many benefits for the local
groups and local and national football authorities. With proper communication, the community.
prospect of a new stadium becoming part of the environment should be a positive
experience.
The local benefits of a new stadium are considerable. They include:
– convenient access to quality sport and entertainment events;
– jobs in the construction of the facility and its operation;
– new visitors who will enhance the financial viability of the local economy, including
visitors to shops, restaurants and hotels;
– often the stadium includes facilities such as a gymnasium, fitness rooms, a
swimming pool, a crèche, function suites, meeting rooms, shops and other
cultural and social centres that are used primarily by locals;
– the field has artificial turf, it can be made available for local recreational
if
programmes;
– promotion of stadium events generates significant increased exposure and
the
profile for the community;
– stadiums deliver increased community pride because of the special nature of their
structure and their events.
All of the above should enhance the quality of life of those living in the area, ensure
that the stadium is integrated into the day-to-day life of its community and provide
additional financial stability for the facility.
Because of the special nature of stadiums, their development often fosters negative
rumours and fear-mongering in the media. It is essential, therefore, that direct
communication with the local community and with the media is maintained
throughout the development period and during the operational life of the stadium.
Football StadiUMS 43

44. 1.1 Strategic pre-construction decisions 30
Pre-construction 1.2 Stadium location 32
decisions 1.3 Playing field orientation 35
1.4 Green Goal 37
1.5 Environmental compatibility of stadium site 40
1.6 Community relations 43
1.7 Multi-purpose stadiums 44
1.7 p Multi-purpose stadiums
Designing stadiums so that they can host other sporting and entertainment events
will increase their utilisation and improve their financial viability. The use of artificial
turf makes this easier, as it allows the pitch to be used and/or covered for an
unlimited number of days without negatively affecting the playing surface.
There has been a rapid increase in the use of football pitches for additional football
matches during the week. Some facilities also consider increased use through
double-headers, thereby increasing ticket revenue. They are also increasingly used
to host other sports, such as rugby, cricket and American football. Sometimes
these activities are for spectator events. More often, they are of a recreational or
community nature. Without artificial turf, these activities would damage the pitch,
preventing it from being in good condition for the stadium’s main football matches.
Football stadiums can also host entertainment events including concerts, festivals,
theatrical extravaganzas and trade/consumer shows. Some of these events can
occur on natural turf which is covered for a short period of time, but artificial turf
allows faster and less costly conversions from football mode and back again.
Some of the key factors to be taken into consideration when deciding if other uses
can be accommodated include: ease of access to the field for the vehicles, materials
and machinery required for the conversion, additional dressing rooms for athletes
and performers and additional field-level storage. Adequate infrastructural services,
including additional power supply and water reticulation, further enhance the
possibilities of multiple use.
To accommodate these different uses, it is important not to change the stadium
to an extent that has a negative impact on its primary purpose for football. For
example, making the pitch considerably larger for another sport or adding a running
track around the field can result in football spectators being much further from the
playing field and removed from the action. This reduces their sense of involvement
and engagement with the game and diminishes their excitement.
Pressure is often put on stadium developers to increase the field size or to include a
running track. Occasionally, such requirements are unavoidable. Unfortunately, this
will result in a much less successful facility than a football stadium that is specifically
built around the football field’s dimensions.
Various attempts to provide a running track without destroying the stadium’s
football ambience have been proposed and built, including retractable seating along
the sidelines, an example of which can be found in the Stade de France in Paris.
Most are very expensive to build and operate and/or have resulted in compromised
sight lines for one or both sports, even when the rake or angle of the seating has
been made as steep as possible.
44 Football StadiUMS

45. Diagram 1g:
Spectators’ distance
from the field of play
Maximal distance in m
Maximal Distance
Maximal Distance in m
190m 90m Optimal distance in m
Optimal Distance
190m 90m Optimal Distance in m
Spectators’ area
Spectator areas
Spectators’ area
Ideal
Ideal
Perhaps the largest cities of the world, with very large budgets and the objective
of hosting the Olympic Games one day, might be capable of satisfying the needs
of football and athletics. For most, however, surrounding a football field with a
running track in a modern stadium should be avoided.
The issue of the financial feasibility of stadiums has also encouraged stadium owners
to examine uses that are unrelated to the primary sport function. There are good
examples around the world of retail centres, health clinics, fitness / wellness centres,
hotels, and conference and educational facilities which are linked directly to the
stadium development. These increase the site usage and increase the volume of
rentable space, which results in improved self-sustainability and feasibility of the
overall facility.
Football StadiUMS 45

46. Pre-construction
decisions
Pre-construction decisions
The FIFA World Cup™ requires a stadium site and precinct that is capable of
accommodating many more uses and functions than would be required during
the normal playing season. These additional functions are hospitality villages,
media installations, broadcast compounds, volunteer centres, accreditation centres,
numerous parking areas, etc. In this regard, sites that are capable of expanding to the
required size would be in a better position to be chosen as a FIFA World Cup™ venue.
As a guide, a site area of between 18 and 24 hectares is ideal for the FIFA World
Cup™, depending on the stage of the tournament at which the stadium would
be used.
Additional issues to be considered are:
– Comfortable routes are required to and from transport hubs and parking areas
– Spectator services in the precinct should include toilets and sanitary facilities,
merchandising and food and beverage
– Cognisance of surrounding buildings and land uses that would not affect the
function of the stadium during the tournament is required
– Knowledge of existing commercial rights within the precinct is required
– Cognisance of stringent security requirements during the event and measures in
place to prevent any breach of security
See also food and beverage environmental (6.1) considerations.
46 Football StadiUMS

47. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
Environmental issues during the FIFA World Cup™
– Host cities have to provide a detailed air-quality assessment for the five years
prior to the event. This must also be accompanied by information accounting
for any change in air quality and information regarding whether the air quality
is likely to change during the FIFA World Cup™.
– Host cities have to provide information pertaining to the quality of the water
that is available from the public distribution network.
– Host cities have to make information available regarding any environmentally
sensitive areas within the city and around the stadium precinct in particular.
– Information regarding areas within the host cities that have cultural, historical or
religious significance is to be made available.
FIFA must also be provided with the following information regarding the host
nation’s environmental protection strategy and environmental management plan:
– Environmental objectives, goals and priorities
– Environmental impact assessments
– Air and noise pollution minimisation scheme
– Solid waste and sewage management schemes at all FIFA World Cup™ venues
– Recycling schemes and other measures that are geared towards reducing the
amount of waste in the form of packaging from concessions during a match
– The use of environmentally friendly materials and construction techniques
during the construction of all competition-related venues
– Post-FIFA World Cup™ clean-up operations
– Environmental protection measures adopted by national government, host city
authorities and non-governmental organisations
– Programmes that are aimed at creating environmental awareness in the public
domain to be encouraged
Football StadiUMS 47

48. Safety and security
48 Football StadiUMS

49. The safety of all those using a football stadium must
take priority over all other considerations in the design
and management of the stadium, regardless of the level
of funding available. The FIFA Safety Regulations must be
adopted in order to ensure safe FIFA events.
Football StadiUMS 49

50. 2.1 Safe stadiums: the fundamental requirement 50
Safety and security 2.2 Specific safety requirements 50
2.3 Structural safety 52
2.4 Fire prevention 52
2.5 Stadium operations room 52
2.6 Television surveillance system 53
2.7 Spectators’ medical centre 53
2.1 p Safe stadiums: the fundamental requirement
The degree of luxury and comfort which can be built into a stadium will depend
on the amount of money available but the fundamental requirement which must
be met, regardless of available funding levels, is that the stadium must be a safe
and secure facility for all those who use it, whether they are spectators, match
participants, officials, media personnel, staff or others.
Even before the basic planning begins, it should be clearly understood by the For other key planning
prospective owners and by those concerned in the planning, designing, construction decisions, see Chapter 1.
and management processes that human safety will be the first and foremost
priority. It will be a condition that may not, under any circumstances, be put aside or
circumvented in order to accommodate other requirements.
The location of a stadium contributes fundamentally to the safety and security of its
users. Locations that can facilitate crowd control and reduce congestion will always
provide a better option than those that cannot. Easy and smooth access reduces
spectator stress and contributes to better human behaviour.
2.2 p Specific safety requirements
All parts of the stadium, including entrances, exits, stairways, doors, escape
routes, roofs and all public and private areas and rooms must comply with the
safety standards of the appropriate local authorities, and satisfy international best
practice recommendations where these are generally accepted as being the norm.
It is recognised that there are various codes and practices available in the world as
guidance for the design of safe stadiums. It is suggested that if any of them are to be
used, there should be an appropriate reference in the stadium records as to their use.
Safety and security certification processes must be established at the beginning of the
stadium development cycle, maintained throughout the project cycle and extended
through the life cycle of the stadium.
The stadium should be divided into at least four separate sectors, each with its own
access point, refreshment and toilet facilities and other essential services, such as
spectators’ medical centre, security stations and areas for stewards and marshals.
Public passageways and stairways in the spectator areas should be clearly marked,
as should all gates leading from the spectator areas into the playing area and all exit
doors and gates leading out of the stadium. All public passageways, corridors, stairs,
doors and gates must be kept free of any obstructions that could impede the free
flow of spectators.
50 Football StadiUMS

51. 2
Diagram 2a:
Stadium sectors
2
1 West stand
West stand
2 North stand
North stand
1 3 3 East stand
East stand
1 West stand
4 South stand
South stand
2 North stand
1 3 3 East stand
4 South stand
4
4
Exit doors and gates in the stadium and all gates leading from the spectator areas Exit gates should never
into the playing area must open outwards, away from the spectators. They must be locked with a key
remain unlocked while spectators are in the stadium. However, to prevent illegal when spectators are in
entry or intrusion on non-matchdays, they may be fitted with a locking device which the stadium.
can be operated simply and quickly by anyone inside.
Each of these doors and gates must be attended at all times by a specially appointed
steward, to guard against abuse and to ensure immediate escape routes in the
event of an emergency evacuation. Under no circumstances must they be locked
with a key during the time that spectators are in the stadium.
Unruly spectators are a phenomenon that has to be dealt with globally. Pitch
invasions and attempts to disrupt the match are a common occurrence at even the
smallest of events. However, stadium owners now have a number of preventative
measures that are available on the market or bespoke systems that could be used to
assist them in this regard. These systems are described in section 4.8. However, the
use of stewards, marshals and security personnel is vital to complement whichever
system is chosen.
Football StadiUMS 51

52. 2.1 Safe stadiums: the fundamental requirement 50
Safety and security 2.2 Specific safety requirements 50
2.3 Structural safety 52
2.4 Fire prevention 52
2.5 Stadium operations room 52
2.6 Television surveillance system 53
2.7 Spectators’ medical centre 53
2.3 p Structural safety
Every aspect of the stadium’s structure must be approved and certified by the local
building and safety authorities. Building and safety standards and requirements vary
from country to country but it is essential that, within the relevant framework, the
most stringent safety standards are applied.
2.4 p Fire prevention
The fire-fighting facilities available within the stadium and the fire precautions
must be approved and certified by the local fire authorities, as must the fire safety
standards of all parts of the stadium. It is important for the fire safety authorities
that a fire plan incorporates the stadium, in both event and non-event mode, as well
as all installations, both permanent and temporary.
2.5 p Stadium operations room
Each stadium must have an operations room which has an overall view of the Each stadium must have a
inside of the stadium and which must be equipped with public address facilities, stadium operations room
infotainment controls, video screen control and television surveillance monitor equipped with television
screens. The size, configuration and furnishing of the operations room should be surveillance monitor screens.
agreed upon in consultation with the local police.
The stadium commander should have the capability of overriding and cutting into
the public address system whenever necessary. The system governing the arrest,
detention and indictment of offenders may differ from country to country, or even
from city to city, so stadium designers should consult the local police and civic
authorities to determine whether it is necessary to include facilities such as a police
muster room, a charge room and detention cells for male and female prisoners
within the stadium itself. A second control room and emergency command centre
is desirable. It should have a location which is convenient for arriving emergency
personnel and their vehicles.
52 Football StadiUMS

53. 2.6 p Television surveillance system
A modern stadium should be equipped inside and outside with public surveillance
colour television cameras, mounted in fixed positions with pan and tilt facilities.
The cameras should monitor all of the stadium’s approaches and all of the public
areas inside and outside the stadium. These are to include all transport hubs, railway
stations, parking areas and motorways.
The television surveillance system should have its own independent power supply
and private circuit. It should be operated and controlled from the stadium operations
room where the monitor screens should be situated. It should be capable of taking
still photographs both inside and outside the stadium.
2.7 p Spectators’ medical centre
Every stadium should be equipped with a spectators’ medical centre to care for Spectators’ medical centres
spectators. Ideally, there should be a minimum of 1 spectators’ medical centre should be easily accessible
per sector, but the number, size and location of these rooms should be agreed in for spectators and
consultation with the local health authorities. There should be space for the secure emergency vehicles.
deposit of defibrillators in easily accessible locations, evenly distributed around the
stadium. Scenarios for dealing with a mass catastrophe are a joint venture of the
local authorities and the stadium management.
Spectators’ medical centres should:
– located in a position which allows easy access from both inside and outside the
be
stadium for spectators and emergency vehicles;
– have doors and passageways leading to them which are wide enough to allow
access for a stretcher or a wheelchair;
– have bright lighting, good ventilation, heating, air conditioning, electric sockets,
hot and cold water, drinking water and toilet facilities for both sexes;
– have walls and floors (non-slip) constructed of smooth and easily cleanable
material;
– have a glass cabinet for medicines;
– have storage space for stretchers, blankets, pillows and first aid materials;
– have a telephone allowing internal and external communication;
– be clearly signposted inside and outside the stadium.
Football StadiUMS 53

54. Orientation
and parking
54 Football StadiUMS

55. Stadiums must be designed to allow for the smooth and
efficient arrival, circulation and departure of thousands of
people and vehicles in a short space of time.
Football StadiUMS 55

56. 3.1 Signposting and directions on tickets 56
Orientation and 3.2 Public access and egress 56
parking 3.3 Parking for spectators 58
3.4 Hospitality parking 59
3.5 Parking for teams, match officials and stadium staff 59
3.6 Access and parking for the media 60
3.7 The emergency services and disabled spectators 60
3.8 Helipad 60
3.1 p Signposting and directions on tickets
All direction signs inside and outside the stadium should be presented in universally
understandable signage. Many users of the stadium may not understand the local
language.
Clear, comprehensive signposting should be provided at the stadium approaches,
around the stadium and throughout the stadium in order to show the routes to
the different sectors. Prominent, clearly visible signage that guides spectators to
Ablutions, concessions, retail outlets, exits and other customer services should be
provided.
The design of signage should be integrated to include all areas of the stadium,
including temporary facilities. Special care should be taken by the designer when
considering the reading of signage during the day and night.
Tickets should clearly identify the location of the seats for which they have been For more on seat
issued. Information on the tickets should correlate with the information provided on identification,
signposts, both outside and inside the stadium. Colour-coding of tickets will assist see Chapter 6.
the entry process. Retained ticket stubs should contain information which will guide
spectators once they are inside. Large-scale wall maps should be provided for the
guidance of spectators.
For the benefit of new and visiting spectators, each sector of the stadium should have
a customer service and information desk situated in the external circulation area.
3.2 p Public access and egress
A modern stadium should be surrounded by an outer perimeter fence situated some
distance from the stadium. At this outer fence the first security checks and, where
necessary, body searches will be made. The second checks will be made at the
stadium turnstiles. There should be sufficient space between the outer perimeter
fence and the stadium turnstiles to permit the free movement of spectators. The
space dimensions are determined by the local authority.
It must be borne in mind that while the entry process may be spread over an hour It may take more than an
or more, everyone will want to leave more or less at the same time. The circulation hour for all the spectators
space available immediately outside the exit gates must be sufficient to guarantee to enter the stadium but
that spectators are not at risk of being crushed in the event of a stampede and are everyone wants to leave at
the same time.
able to leave the event in comfort.
56 Football StadiUMS

57. Diagram 3a:
Public access and egress
1
Spectator parking 1 Spectator parking
1 Bus station
Spectator parking Spectator parking
1 Bus station
Bus station
2 Underground station
2 2 Underground station
Underground station
2 3 Spectator viewing
3 Spectator viewing
Spectator viewing
4 VIP viewing
4 VIP viewing
VIP viewing
1
1
5 Media tribune
1
1
5 Media tribune
Media tribune
2
2
6 Player/Referee/VVIP
2
2
Player/Referee/VVIP
EntrancePlayer / referee / VVIP
3 6
to drop off and
1
1
33 3
drop-off point andoff and
Entrance to drop
1
1
3 3 parking under concourse
parking under concourse
parking under concourse
7 Training fields and
Training fields and
Training fields
tournament specific and
7
t tournament specific
ournament-specific
temporary infrastructure
temporary infrastructure
temporary infrastructure
1 First ticket check –
4 First ticket check –
First
body search ticket check –
1
1 2
2
2
4 body search
1 2 body search
2
2
5
5 2 Second ticket check –
2
turnstilesSecond ticket check ––
Second ticket check
t turnstiles
urnstiles
3 Third ticket check – visual
3 Third ticket check ––visual
Third ticket check visual
Outer perimeter
Outer perimeter
Outer perimeter
Inner perimeter
7 7 Inner perimeter
Inner perimeter
7 6 7
6
7
Hospitality 7 Spectator
parking Hospitality parking Spectator
parking parking
VIP Media/broadcast
parking VIP parking Media/broadcast
parking parking
Football StadiUMS 57

58. 3.1 Signposting and directions on tickets 56
Orientation and 3.2 Public access and egress 56
parking 3.3 Parking for spectators 58
3.4 Hospitality parking 59
3.5 Parking for teams, match officials and stadium staff 59
3.6 Access and parking for the media 60
3.7 The emergency services and disabled spectators 60
3.8 Helipad 60
At every event, it must be possible to completely evacuate the stadium within a For more on safety,
maximum time agreed with the local safety authorities. Preventive measures must see Chapter 2.
be taken to avoid crushing at the public entrances. This may be accomplished by a
system of barriers designed to funnel spectators individually toward the entry points.
Public amenities such as toilets and sanitary facilities and food and beverage Public amenities should
concessions, inside and outside the stadium, should not be situated close to the not be situated close to
turnstiles or to the entrance and exit routes. Clear and unmistakable signs must the turnstiles.
point spectators to their sector, row and seat.
During the entry mode, all major points of access should be used for entry and a
couple of small designated points should be clearly marked for exiting. The opposite
is required in the exit mode and a combination of the two modes is required during
the match itself.
3.3 p Parking for spectators
All parking places should be on-site, affording spectators direct entrance to the
stadium. The car parks around the stadium must be brightly lit and clearly signposted,
with numbered or lettered sectors. They must be guarded against illegal intrusion.
For a stadium with a capacity of 60,000, parking places should be provided
for 10,000 cars. Separate parking places for buses should be provided. For a
60,000-seater stadium, parking should be provided for approximately 500 buses.
It is essential to ensure that car park access and egress is rapid and smooth flowing Supporters of rival teams
and that direct routes to the nearest motorways are provided. The location of the should have separate parking
car parks and bus parks should make it possible for the supporters of both teams facilities.
to have separate parking facilities. Where sufficient on-site public parking is not
possible, parking should be provided no further than 1,500 metres from the stadium.
It is essential to discuss the public parking strategy with the competent local
authorities, bearing in mind the public transport systems and the possible provision
of multi-storey car parks in the immediate vicinity of the stadium.
58 Football StadiUMS

59. 3.4 p Hospitality parking
Hospitality parking is a particularly important component of the marketing For more on hospitality,
programme. Sufficient parking near to the stadium to accommodate the number of see Chapter 7.
hospitality ticketholders who have been allocated tickets is of the utmost importance.
Near the VIP entrance, and separate from the public car parks, there should be
sufficient parking space for the buses and cars used by VIPs. Preferably, these
vehicles should be parked inside the stadium.
3.5 p Parking for teams, match officials and stadium staff
Parking space for at least four buses (in the event of the use of back-up buses) and 14
cars (six each for the teams and two for the match officials) should be available. This
should be inside the stadium, immediately outside the dressing rooms and isolated
from the public. The players and match officials should be able to disembark from
their transport and make direct entry to their dressing rooms without coming into
contact with the public. Sufficient parking space should be provided for all vehicles
used by staff engaged in providing services, such as security and safety personnel,
doormen, stewards and caterers.
In the event of the use of police escorts for safe and efficient access to the stadium
for the teams and match officials, parking is to be provided for these personnel as
close as possible to the vehicles that they are escorting. The number should be in the
range of three or four bays per team for the teams, and two to three for the match
officials. Parking for emergency service vehicles should be provided in this area as
well.
Teams and referees should have access to dressing rooms from their drop-off areas
without crossing through VIP/VVIP, media and public areas.
Football StadiUMS 59

60. 3.1 Signposting and directions on tickets 56
Orientation and 3.2 Public access and egress 56
parking 3.3 Parking for spectators 58
3.4 Hospitality parking 59
3.5 Parking for teams, match officials and stadium staff 59
3.6 Access and parking for the media 60
3.7 The emergency services and disabled spectators 60
3.8 Helipad 60
3.6 p Access and parking for the media
There should be a specific media entrance at the stadium perimeter with a reception
desk or room where late accreditation edia information packs can be collected.
/m
This should have an area of not more than 30m2.
Special consideration should be given to photographers and Electronic News
Gathering (ENG) crews who arrive with heavy camera equipment. Parking spaces
should be reserved for them as close to the access point as possible and r a drop-
/o
off point should be designated where they can unload equipment from vehicles.
There should be easy circulation between the various media working areas, such
as the media working room, the media tribune, the press conference room, TV and
radio commentary positions, the mixed zone and the field of play.
Consideration must be given to the choice of surface material so that media
equipment can be transported easily between the various media areas.
Pedestrian pathways for the media from their parking spaces to their drop-off point
at the stadium and back should be ideally constructed out of concrete, asphalt
or similar material for a level and stable route in all weather conditions and with
provision of proper drainage.
Car parking, separate from the public parking area, should be provided as near as
possible to the media working area for all media representatives.
3.7 p The emergency services and disabled spectators
Parking facilities immediately adjacent to, or inside, the stadium must be provided
for police vehicles, fire engines, ambulances and other vehicles of the emergency
services and for the vehicles of disabled spectators. These parking places must be
situated in such a fashion that they provide a direct, unrestricted route to and from
the stadium which is separate from the public-access routes.
3.8 p Helipad
There should be a sufficiently large clear area near the stadium which could serve as
a helicopter landing pad.
60 Football StadiUMS

61. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
Orientation and parking
Players and match officials
The players’ and match officials’ and VVIP bus drop-off and pick-up areas should
ideally be within a covered basement and away from the public area, so as to prevent
projectiles being thrown at them. Parking is required for police escorts, broadcasting
and the media. Space is required for vehicle security screening.
Back-of-house compound(s)
Space is required for a logistics, site management, storage and waste management
compound. For marketing, this will include space for dry and cold containers for
food and beverage storage and some container space for the official merchandising
programme. This requirement depends on the size of the stadium and the amount
of convenient storage available within the stadium.
Parking areas
The parking areas should be well drained, flat and have a firm surface. Provision of
bulk services in the form of lighting, power, water and the drainage of waste water
is essential. A security fence with venue dressing should be used if the parking area
adjoins a public zone.
Access
FIFA / LOC contractors or personnel may need to access stadium and parking areas
to install temporary facilities at least three months prior to the exclusive use of the
stadium so that construction of this area can begin. In the case of ITT installation,
access may be required six months prior to the opening match. This would occur
during the non-exclusive use period.
Football StadiUMS 61

62. Playing area
62 Football StadiUMS

63. The playing area is the focal point for players, officials,
spectators and television audiences. Fundamental decisions
must be made about the playing area, from the type of
pitch to install to the best way of ensuring that players can
perform without disruption from spectators.
Football StadiUMS 63

64. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
4.1 p Recommended dimensions
Playing field: length: 105m, width: 68m
For all matches at the top professional level and where major international and For all top-level matches,
domestic games are played, the playing field should have dimensions of 105m x 68m. the pitch should be 105m
These dimensions are obligatory for the FIFA World Cup™ and the final competitions long and 68m wide.
in the confederations’ championships. The playing field should have the precise
markings illustrated.
Other matches can be played on a playing field with different dimensions and the
Laws of the Game stipulate the maximum and minimum dimensions. However it is
strongly recommended that new stadiums have a 105m x 68m playing field.
Auxiliary area
Additional flat areas are required beside the playing field, ideally behind each goal
line, where players can warm up. This area should also allow for the circulation of
assistant referees, ball boys and girls, medical staff, security staff and the media. It is
recommended that this be a minimum of 8.5m on the sides and 10m on the ends.
This results in an overall playing field and auxiliary area dimension of:
length: 125m, width: 85m.
Grass area
In this area, the pitch surface must extend all the way to the advertising boards in
the auxiliary area, which typically are erected 5m beyond the touch lines and goal
lines. The areas upon which the boards sit must be level and firm to withstand the
load imposed by them. The remainder of the auxiliary area can be either of the same
surface material as the playing field or it can be a concrete-type surface material
which facilitates the movement of service and security vehicles and ambulances.
Any part of this additional auxiliary area that will be used as a warm-up area should
have the same surface as the playing field. However, with grass fields, artificial turf
of the highest quality could be used.
64 Football StadiUMS

65. Diagram 4a:
Playing field: length 105m Corner arc
Playing field dimensions
Optional mark
Penalty area
Playing field: width 68m
Penalty arc
Penalty mark
Goal area
Goal line
Centre circle
Centre mark
Diagram 4b:
Penalty area and goal area Centre mark Playing field details
m
.15
R9
0.12m max.
18.32m
5.5m
40.32m
7.32m
11m
Corner arc Optional mark
0.15m
1.5m min.
R
9.15m
9.
7.5m 5.5m
15
m
R 1m
0.05m
16.5m
0.12m max.
Football StadiUMS 65

66. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
Diagram 4c:
125m Auxiliary area
125m
1 Substitutes bench
5m 8.5m
2 1 Substitutes’ bench
Substitutes bench
4th Official
3m 3m
5m 8.5m
3 2 Fourth official
4th Official
Team medical bench
3m 3m
4 Warm upTeammedical bench
3 Team medical bench
area
5 4 Warm-up area
Substitute assistantarea
Warm up referee
Field of Reserve assistant referee
5 play – 105 xassistant referee
Substitute 68m
10m 10m
85m Grass area – 115 play––105 xx68m
Field of play 105 68m
Field of x 78m
5m 10m 5m 10m
85m Auxiliary Grass–area––115 xx78m
Grass area x 115 78m
area 125 85m
5m 5m
Coach technical area ––125 xx85m
Auxiliary area 125 85m
Auxiliary area
Technical area area
Coach technical
Advertising boards
Advertising boards
Advertising boards
Photographers’ position
3m 3m Photographers’ position
Photographers’ position
5m 8.5m 5 3 1 2 1 3
4 4
3m 3m
5m 8.5m 5 3 1 2 1 3
4
125m
1 Substitutes bench
5m 8.5m
2 4th Official
3m 3m
3 Team medical bench
4 Warm up area
5 Substitute assistant referee
Field of play – 105 x 68m
10m 10m
85m Grass area – 115 x 78m
5m 5m
Auxiliary area – 125 x 85m
Coach technical area
Advertising boards
Photographers’ position
3m 3m
5m 8.5m 5 3 1 2 1 3
4
66 Football StadiUMS

67. Diagram 4d:
Front view Side view Suspension of goal nets
7.32 m
2.44m
2.44m
1.5 m
2m
Diagram 4e:
Foundation of goalpost Goalpost and crossbar cross-section Goalposts
0.12m max.
Oval type
0.15m
0.1 - 0.12m max.
0.3m
0.1m
0.2m
Round type
0.5m
0.4m
0.12m max.
0.5m
Football StadiUMS 67

68. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
4.2 p Playing field quality
The playing field must be absolutely smooth and level. It should be of natural
grass or artificial turf and in perfect condition. With natural grass, it should have
an efficient watering system for use in dry weather. In cold climates, the playing
field should be equipped with an underground heating system to prevent it from
freezing in extreme winter conditions.
The primary characteristics of a good playing field should include proper underground
and surface drainage to allow play during rain and to rid the surface of water during
extremely wet conditions. This is to maintain the quality of the football match and
to avoid spectator frustration which could lead to loss of revenue. The playing
surface should be even and level to allow the players the confidence of movement
that would not contribute in any way to injury or unexpected falls. The grass should
be uniform, properly rooted and demonstrate vigorous growth. There should be no
patches of water logging and/or ponding.
When constructing a new playing field it is vitally important to use experts who have
successful experience in laying fields in a particular locality. These specialists should
be familiar with the conditions of the climate, the specifics of the chosen site, the
various soil conditions and their success with the chosen grasses. The preparation
of the base needs careful planning and choices of layer works that would support a
well-established root zone. The correct laying or planting of the field and the right
choice of grasses or seeds, together with modern irrigation and adequate drainage,
will result in a successful playing surface.
Keeping the field in peak condition at all times requires a proper maintenance plan
and resources that include trained personnel, mechanical equipment, fertilisers and
testing equipment.
Dangers and obstructions
The playing field and auxiliary area should be free of any impediment or obstruction
(e.g. sprinkler heads, field marking material, etc.) that would constitute a danger to
players or others whose purpose takes them on to the area described.
Particular attention should be paid to the four corners of the playing field, to ensure
that players have enough space to take corner kicks without having their run-up
unduly restricted.
Goal nets should not be suspended by any kind of metal frame or “elbow” but
should be suspended by the method illustrated (see diagram 4d on page 67), as this
does not constitute a danger to players. If pins of any kind are used to fasten the
nets to the ground they must not protrude above ground level.
68 Football StadiUMS

69. 4.3 p Natural grass playing fields
Playing field quality
The highest pitch quality is fundamental to the game and must be considered a
high priority. It is vital that qualified experts with a proven record in stadium pitch
development are employed from the earliest stage to allow for the best possible
pitch surface delivery.
Stadium micro-environment
When modern stadiums are developed, consideration needs to be given to how the
pitch interacts with the stadium and the micro-environment it creates within the
bowl. In particular, the effect of shade has a negative effect on the growth of the
pitch. Hemiview shade analysis should determine the extent of the problem and the
required solution, and should be carried out at an early stage. If supplementary pitch-
level grow lighting is needed to help the pitch survive, it is important to allow storage
space and pitch-side power supply at the design stage.
Wind and air movements are also important functions to consider, and both should
be modelled before proceeding with a full stadium design.
The pitch micro-environment will also influence the pitch design and approach taken.
Stadium macro-environment
With particular reference to the FIFA World Cup™, the effect of climate and weather
on the pitch in the lead-up to and during the tournament must be considered. This
must also influence decisions such as grass choice, which is discussed later.
End-user requirements and legacy
A review of the business plan of the facility and its potential effects on the pitch is an
important part of the planning process and will influence design and management
options. Pitch protection systems must also be considered.
Maintenance ability
The ability of the stadium to maintain the pitch to a high standard before, during
and after the event should be considered. From an early stage of planning, the
budget must be in place to have appropriate staff numbers, training, equipment
and an annual renovation programme to keep the pitch at the highest standard.
Ongoing independent performance testing and independent agronomic advice
should also be factored into this. Maintenance contracting and advice should be
considered separately to ensure that the best procedures are implemented.
Football StadiUMS 69

70. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
Design approaches
The design approach to pitches is site-specific and should be considered on a site-
by-site basis. The majority of new natural turf pitch developments require specifically
designed drainage and soil profile to ensure satisfactory playing conditions
throughout the season which function correctly in the proposed environment.
Tendering
Only suitably experienced contractors should be considered for the work. Designing
the pitch, building the pitch and supplying the materials should be considered as
separate entities. To this end, pre-qualifying contractors should be based on:
– experience;
– resources;
– technical backup;
– the company’s financial ability to complete the contract.
It is sensible to pre-qualify contractors who wish to bid on work by using the above
criteria before issuing tenders.
Level adjustments
For minor level changes (+/- 50mm), cultivation and laser grading within the soil
profile may be acceptable, depending on the situation. Where greater adjustments
are needed, a civil engineering type cut-and-fill approach may be necessary.
70 Football StadiUMS

71. Drainage of pitches
Diagram 4f:
Pipe-drained pitch
Sand
Sand
Rootzone Sand
Gravel
Rootzone Gravel
Gravel
150mm
Subsoil
150mm
150mm
Subsoil
150mm
Pipe drains at
Pipe drains at centres
engineered
engineered centres
Pipe-drained pitches
Depending on the quality of soil and the usage levels proposed, pipe drains are
installed at engineered and pre-determined intervals. This is capped off at the
surface with 150mm of porous sand or soil mix. In some cases, an intermediate
blinding layer between these layers is needed.
Football StadiUMS 71

72. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
Diagram 4g:
Connection between slit drain
Pipe- and slit-
and backfill above pipe drain
Connection between slit drain drained pitch
is essential.
and backfill above pipe drain
is essential.
Coarse sand
Coarse sand
Rootzone Coarse sand
Rootzone Gravel
Gravel
Slit drain
Slit drain
Subsoil
Subsoil
Pipe drains at
Pipe drains at engineered centres
engineered centres
Pipe- and slit-drained pitches
This is an upgrade to the previously described pipe-drained pitch. Supplementary
slit drainage will greatly improve the performance of a pipe-drained pitch. If the
slit drainage system is installed correctly, the slit drain should intercept water on
the surface and carry it through a series of narrow slits to connect with the porous
material to the pipe drains.
72 Football StadiUMS

73. Slit drains at 1m centres Diagram 4h:
Slit drains at 1m centres
Soil over drainage layer
Ameliorated sand // topsoil
Ameliorated sand topsoil
Ameliorated sand / topsoil
Gravel (3-6mm)
Gravel (3-6mm)
Topsoil
Topsoil Gravel (3-6mm)
Slit drain
Slit drain
Slit drain
Geo-textile
Geo-textile
Geo-textile
Subsoil
Subsoil
Connection between slit drain Pipe drains at
Connection between slit drain
and backfill above pipe drain Pipe drains at
5-15m centres
and backfill above pipe drain
is essential. 5-15m centres
is essential.
Soil over drainage layer
This option can also be used as a design proposal for high-level/high-use training
fields. The approach involves installation of a drainage system in the subgrade,
followed by the spreading of a carefully selected layer of gravel and an intermediate
layer of coarse grit. The design, spacing and depths of these materials are subject
to various tests and recommendations based on soil analysis, usage levels and
climate. For small stadiums and high-use pitches, this procedure is sustainable but
is not suitable for larger, enclosed stadiums. Particular attention should be given to
receiving professional advice when constructing this type of pitch.
Football StadiUMS 73

74. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
Rootzone reinforcements
Reinforcements allow the surface to remain safe and playable when grass cover is
lost but also reduce the level of divoting and improve the durability of the surface.
The selection of the reinforcement must consider the macro- and micro-environment
issues as well as grass type used.
Hybrid systems involve stitching plastic fibres into the rootzone, which in turn add
strength to the surface, which also gives a green appearance amongst the natural
grass.
Rootzone mixed-fibre elastic systems involve the amelioration and blending of elastic
and polypropylene fibres into the sand rootzone, which provides shear strength to
the rootzone and reduces divoting and increases usage levels.
Selecting materials for pitch construction
The selection of sand, gravel and soil for pitch construction and drainage is a
specialist task requiring analysis of materials to establish if all the materials interact
correctly to provide a functional pitch. Internationally recognised grading curves for
pitch construction should be used.
Grass establishment by seeding
Grass establishment from seed is the most cost-effective and, in most cases, the best
way to establish a new pitch. It does, however, take time and at least 12 weeks of
good growing weather, and an intensive maintenance period is generally required.
When choosing the grass type, the following should be considered:
– macro- and micro-environment of location
– status of venue and games to be played /usage levels
– performance of grass for football
– variations in performance and aesthetics with seasons
– legacy and maintenance requirements
– rootzone reinforcement used
– time available for grow-in
Grass establishment by turfing
Turfing is a faster way to establish grass on a new football field but should always
be considered as a second option. The turf must be tested for compatibility with
the underlying soils. Turfed pitches often require intensive maintenance once laid to
ensure optimum playing conditions.
Turf nurseries should be established using the same grass as used in the pitches.
Appropriate equipment must also be available for harvesting and installation of
the turf.
74 Football StadiUMS

75. Time for upgrading existing pitches for the FIFA World Cup™
If existing pitches are to be used for FIFA World Cup™ training sites, it is important
that improvement work is designed and specified according to the actual
performance measured on the pitch. Work should be carried out to allow adequate
time for maturing before the tournament.
Irrigation systems
It is advisable that pitches have an automatic pop-up irrigation system installed on
stadium and training pitches. The irrigation system is used for growing the grass
but also for match preparation. As pitches also get watered shortly before match
kick-offs, a sprinkler system allowing pitch watering during such time must be
considered. Off-pitch water cannons are not recommended due to the conflict with
pitch-side photographers, media services, spectators and dugouts.
The following should be considered:
– the safety of players and officials
– spacing of irrigation heads and “head-to-head” coverage
– location of heads to ensure system works when advertising hoardings are in place
– location and number of heads and speed of rotation to allow watering of central
area within five minutes without damaging cameras
– type of irrigation heads with turf cups preferable over solid sprinklers to improve
safety
– automatic control system for night watering
– emergency shut-off
– link to weather station
– tank storage capacity engineered to water supply and usage requirements
– correctly sized pipes and pumps to guarantee full system pressure when stadium
is operational
Irrigation heads should not pose a safety risk for players and should be set below
the surface where players do not come into contact with the solid part of the head.
Undersoil heating
Where the risk of frost is present, an undersoil heating system is recommended.
As well as preventing frost, the undersoil heating system in combination with
supplementary pitch lighting allows the grass to grow all year round. The undersoil
heating system should not interfere or prevent deep aeration practices on the pitch
to 250mm and hence all components must be designed to operate effectively below
this level.
Football StadiUMS 75

76. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
Cooling/ventilation systems
The ability to ventilate the pitch from the base as well as the surface provides an
advantage in certain environments. It can also improve drainage rates of the pitch
during high rainfall events by creating a vacuum within the rootzone. Where very
heavy rain is expected, these should be considered.
Pitch covers, germination blankets, rain covers, snow covers
Depending on pitch design and climate, it may be necessary to have rain or snow
covers to manage the elements.
Pitch maintenance and renovations
Pitches need regular maintenance and renovation to maintain high performance.
– Fertiliser applications
The purpose of any nutritional programme is to provide sufficient nutrient for the
turfgrass plants to recover from wear damage and grow in a sustainable manner.
The essential elements for plant growth must be present in the proper amounts and
the proper proportions for optimum growth and development.
– Pest and disease control
Pest and disease control programmes should only use registered turfgrass
management products. Cultural or natural processes should be used as a preventative
approach to pest management. All programmes should be independently verified.
– Mowing
Regular mowing encourages a thicker sward and improves presentation on the
pitch. Mowers should be adjusted for the height of cut required, and tested for
sharpness regularly.
– Pitch repair
The pitch must be repaired after each training session and match. The pitch should
also be checked and repaired at half-time. If divots are repaired within 12 hours of
forming, a considerable difference is noted in the speed of repair time.
Performance testing
Taking a series of performance measurements from the pitch ensures it meets the
requirements for the game. Performance testing should be carried out by experienced
registered companies. Assessments include:
– live grass cover
– grass species composition
– rooting depth
– traction
– hardness
– penetration
– infiltration
76 Football StadiUMS

77. – grass height
– ball roll
– ball bounce
Environmental and sustainability initiatives
Environmental improvements can be instigated from an early stage in design and
carried through to maintenance. These include:
– grass clipping composting
– use of recycled products in pitch construction
– use of biodiesel in equipment
– cultural practice in disease control
– water use and management
Football StadiUMS 77

78. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
4.4 p Artificial turf playing fields
Artificial turf today
Artificial turf has become an acceptable playing surface for football as its
development has produced a turf carpet that is especially designed for the sport.
Artificial playing surfaces are now available that enable footballers to play both
dynamically and safely.
The advantages of an artificial turf playing surface are numerous. Artificial turf For more information on
makes it possible to always have a green playing surface. Playing on an artificial the needs of players, see
turf carpet requires players to adapt to the surface but the evenness of the playing Chapter 5.
surface makes for a quick, precise game in which both technical and physical players
stand an equal chance.
In addition, artificial turf pitches can be used much more than natural pitches,
increasing utilisation of both the pitch and the facility. Artificial turf pitches do not
suffer damage due to inclement weather (e.g. rain, snow), whereas these elements
can significantly affect the use of natural pitches. Regular maintenance, which is
critical to keep artificial turf pitches in top shape, is less expensive than maintaining
a quality natural turf pitch.
For these reasons, artificial turf is a viable and attractive alternative to a natural turf
pitch. To make the right decision regarding artificial turf, the following conditions
should be taken into consideration:
Specialist area
Building regulations and local conditions must be fully respected, and architects
or engineers with experience of building sporting facilities should be consulted
when planning football pitches. Manufacturers of artificial turf systems can play a
supporting and informative role with regard to the choice of a suitable turf carpet.
The work should only be awarded to firms with specialist and local knowledge
and specialist equipment. Supervision of the building work by the planner and
monitoring by external inspection bodies are crucial to the successful completion of
such projects.
78 Football StadiUMS

79. Pitch surface
Products
The choice of artificial turf depends on the compatibility of the product with the
intended site and the builder’s requirements.
The carpets available have either fibrillated or monofilament fibres, providing a carpet
of a greater or lesser thickness, depending on the number of fibres. Polyethylene
(PE) and polyamide (PA) are two of the materials used.
FIFA Quality Concept for Football Turf
In order to underline the high quality of modern artificial turf systems, FIFA
designates such pitches as ”football turf” fields. Before football turf can be awarded
the FIFA RECOMMENDED hallmarks, it must undergo a sophisticated test procedure.
The benchmark is natural grass in good condition. A sample of the turf product
is tested in a laboratory and the installed turf undergoes field trials on numerous
characteristics. The new FIFA Preferred Producer initiative (www.fifa.com/fpp) takes
these high standards a step further by offering buyers of football turf pitches a
quality guarantee. A FIFA Preferred Producer goes beyond the traditional supplier /
installer scenario by continually improving the quality of their product and assuming
responsibility for the production, installation and maintenance of artificial football
turf from inception to completion.
The testing methods and requirements for football turf products and fields are
described in the FIFA Quality Concept handbook (www.fifa.com/footballturf), in
which a distinction is made between 1* (one-star) and 2** (two-star) quality. It is
largely because of this concept that the market has a range of artificial turfs of good
enough quality for football. Several artificial turf manufacturers are FIFA Preferred
Producers or licensees.
Football StadiUMS 79

80. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
Planning
Substructure
In the event that geological information is not already available from the planning of
the stadium, soil-drilling tests should be conducted as it is the only way to determine
how to build the substructure. A sports pitch is a type of construction and it needs
a stable substructure.
Specific characteristics of the site, such as sub-soil water (drainage) and unstable
ground (stability), must be checked prior to the feasibility study. The choice of
materials depends on the site and the construction can also be determined by the
building materials available. It is inadvisable to have too many sub-layers. A great
deal of precision (flatness, etc.) is required.
The layers of foundations are divided into loose underlay (mixtures of gravel
and sand) and bound underlay (bitumen). Building machinery is required for the
installation of these layers. The substructure should be tested before the artificial
turf is laid and tests (solidity) should also be conducted during the building work.
Drainage
Local conditions are of decisive importance to the calculation of the drainage
system. The dimensions of the drainage system can vary, depending on the amount
of rainfall and climatic conditions.
Two levels are to be considered for the drainage: the artificial turf (above ground)
and the substructure. Water collected in the surrounding area should also be
taken into account. The vertical drainage of the artificial turf is determined by the
permeability of the perforation (per m2) in the underlying fabric.
The water on the artificial turf drains horizontally into a gutter, which in turn drains
into a system of pipes in the substructure that link into the sewerage system. Shafts
should be built in order to monitor the drainage.
80 Football StadiUMS

81. Edging
The boundary of the pitch and the surrounding area is of vital importance for the
choice of edging. In the case of a “roof gradient” (on two sides), there should be a
drainage gutter for surface water (pitch and surroundings) along the length of the
pitch and kerbstones along its width. In the case of a “tented roof gradient” (four
sides with 2x2 different slopes), a gutter must be built all around the pitch.
In addition to the gradient, the amount of rainfall should be taken into account.
In locations with low rainfall, the gutter can be dispensed with, except where the
anticipated volume is large and can fall in a short period of time. If the pitch is
surrounded by a running track, a gutter with two openings (pitch and running
track) can be built. It is advisable to make the surfaces of the running track and the
football pitch flush, particularly for corner kicks. Edging is an important factor in the
coordination of the project. The drains can be built on site or installed ready-made.
As a rule, the substructure is slightly deeper in the ground than the edging, the
height of which is determined at the beginning of the project by the thickness of the
turf, the elastic layer, embankment, etc.
Artificial turf is usually laid on a substructure with a maximum gradient of one per
cent. It is useful if the earth formation already has this gradient as this makes it
easier to achieve flatness. Shafts within the artificial turf surface are to be avoided.
However, the substructure for the goals, nets (outside the safety area) and corner
flags should be installed before the artificial turf is laid. If possible, the artificial turf
should be laid after the work has been completed (soiling).
Watering
Watering is essential in conditions with consistently high temperatures and is
generally advisable. Artificial turf and infill granules absorb heat and for the players’
comfort, it is advisable to cool down a warm playing surface.
In order to keep water consumption to a minimum on grounds of cost, automatic
sprinklers are advisable even if they are only used occasionally. Sprinklers should be
placed outside the playing field or artificial turf surface. It is also possible to install a
portable sprinkler in addition to the automatic one.
Cable ducts
Any underground ducts (for television etc.) should be installed outside the playing
surface.
Football StadiUMS 81

82. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
Tender
Public projects
The work should only be awarded to firms that specialise in sports pitch
construction, such as FIFA Preferred Producers. If no such firms are available, then
local engineering firms which are able to carry out underground work should be
contracted. If possible, a general contractor should be used. The work can be done
by a local firm with the artificial turf suppliers as subcontractors, or vice versa. It is
important that a single party is responsible for guaranteeing both the substructure
and the artificial turf.
FIFA Goal projects
For these projects, the requirements of the FIFA Quality Concept for Football Turf or
the International Artificial Turf Standard label must be met. Often, this is where the
artificial turf supplier, as the licensee, takes over responsibility as general contractor.
The licensee works in conjunction with a local contractor for the substructure. The local
contractor executes the work in accordance with the general contractor’s instructions
and provides support as a sub-contractor. These projects are financed by FIFA.
Installation
The materials required for artificial turf are voluminous and it is therefore necessary
to ensure that there is an access road to the building site and storage space.
Laying artificial turf depends on the weather and requires a building programme
that is adapted to local and climatic conditions. The weather should be dry, the
temperature should be neither too high nor too low and humidity should be low.
Interruptions to the building work should be avoided. The artificial turf should be laid
by qualified staff. The building site should be locked and cleared for play. The building
management must check whether the materials selected for the substructure and
the artificial turf coincide with the plans and are installed by specialists.
Equipment
The markings can be tufted onto the turf during the manufacturing process or
affixed to the turf on site. The markings are an important permanent feature of
the artificial turf. The markings (max. width 12cm) are governed by the Laws of the
Game and must always conform to the regulation size (105m x 68m).
The sporting equipment must comply with all relevant safety regulations and
guidelines; this applies to goals, corner flags, substitutes’ benches and the referees’
bench. The artificial turf supplier is obliged to provide machines and equipment for
the care and maintenance of the artificial turf.
82 Football StadiUMS

83. Certification
If an artificial turf pitch is to host international football matches, the artificial turf
surface must be certified. This is in compliance with the Laws of the Game, which
include the requirements of the FIFA Quality Concept for Football Turf. For an
artificial turf pitch to be certified, both the product and the final installation must
pass a series of stringent laboratory and field tests.
Manufacturer
Product
Laboratory test
Product
◊ successfully
tested
Pitch installation
Field test
Field
◊ ◊ successfully
tested
Laboratory tests
Products used in artificial turf pitches must first pass laboratory tests to determine
their composition and then must be tested for durability, joint strength, climatic
resistance, player-to-surface interaction and ball-to-surface interaction. If the
surface passes all these tests, this completes the first stage of the process towards
the award of the certification.
Field tests
In the second stage, every installed pitch must be tested on site. Two to three
months after the pitch is completed, field testing should be carried out. First,
specialised field-testing equipment measures how the ball reacts on the surface.
Then the surface must be tested to see how it reacts to the actions of players.
Various construction tests on the surface conclude this second stage. If the turf
pitch passes all the laboratory tests and all the field tests then it will qualify for one
Football StadiUMS 83

84. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
of the two FIFA Recommended marks. The marks will only be given to an installed
pitch and not simply to the turf carpet. This is because the underlying base surface
is just as important to the playability of the pitch as the turf itself.
Once a football turf pitch passes its certification, it can be used to host international
matches for four years (for FIFA one-star pitches) or for one year (FIFA two-star
pitches).
Care and maintenance
The correct maintenance of a football field ensures the optimum performance of the
facility for the longest period of time. It also ensures that the pitch is cost effective
during its lifetime. Maintenance on an artificial turf pitch is different but just as
important as it is on a natural grass pitch. Lack of maintenance will significantly
reduce the lifespan of an artificial field and will undermine the playing characteristics
of the field. The ball can become faster over the surface, roll unevenly and the bounce
of the ball can vary from place to place. The players will feel uncomfortable running
on an uneven surface and frustrated by the inability to control an unpredictable ball.
Therefore, proper maintenance training should be carried out by the turf
manufacturer as part of the installation of the pitch. The training must be sufficient
to enable the recipient to carry out regular maintenance and repair work on the field
and should also provide the owner with the necessary maintenance equipment.
Safety and artificial turf pitches
A cautionary note needs to be sounded regarding safety at a stadium with an
artificial turf surface. Artificial pitches are installed using a variety of materials, some
of which may be flammable under extreme conditions. Items such as firecrackers
or flares are occasionally thrown onto the field during a match. These items can
burn at temperatures of up to 2,000°C which is more than sufficient to ignite some
synthetic materials and damage the pitch. They are easily extinguished with the use
of water or sand and it is recommended that field staff be trained and on hand to
ensure that a rapid response is made to extinguish these items if thrown on to the
field. This will limit the amount of damage the field is exposed to.
84 Football StadiUMS

85. Diagram 4i:
Technical area
1 Substitutes bench
2 4th OfficialSubstitutes bench
1 Substitutes’ bench
1m
3 Team medical bench
2 4th Official
Fourth official
4 4 Coach technicalmedicalbench
5m 8.5m 1m
4 3 Team area
Team medical bench
5 3 1 2 4 1m 1 4 3 5 SubstituteCoach technical area
assistant referee
5m 8.5m
1m 4 Technical area
5
2m 3m 2m 3m
3 1m
11.5m 10m
1 2 1m 1
11.5m 3m 2m
3 Field5of play – 105 x assistant referee
Substitute 68m
Reserve assistant referee
Field of x 78m 105 68m
Grass area – 115play ––105 xx68m
Field of play
2m 3m 2m 3m 11.5m 10m 11.5m 3m 2m
Auxiliary Grass–area ––115 xx78m
area 125 x 85m 78m
Grass area 115
Auxiliary area ––125 xx85m
Auxiliary area 125 85m
11.5m 1m Diagram 4j:
Substitutes’ bench –
dimensions
2.1m
0.75m
23 people
4.5 p Substitutes’ benches
There should be two substitutes’ benches. They should be situated either side of the
halfway line, parallel to the touch line, outside and at a distance of five metres from
the playing field. The nearest point of each bench to the halfway line should be at
least five metres from the point where the halfway line meets the touch line. The
benches should be equidistant from the touch line and the halfway line.
Each bench should be capable of accommodating up to 23 people for international
games and the FIFA World Cup™. Seats should have backrests.
Benches should be placed at ground level but they should not obstruct the view of
spectators. They must be protected by a transparent Plexiglas-type shell against bad
weather or objects thrown by spectators.
Football StadiUMS 85

86. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
4.6 p Advertising boards around playing area
When constructing a new stadium, account must be taken of the fact that the For other pre-construction
spectators’ sight lines must not be obstructed by the advertising boards which may decisions, see Chapter 1.
be erected around the playing field. The main camera platform must be able to
view the advertising boards constantly. Should rotational or LED boards be used,
they should ideally be connected to a dedicated power supply with a synchronised
backup.
With the use of LED or rotational boards, the system needs to take into account the
media /photographers who would be seated behind the boards on the goal lines. As
much space as possible, without obstructions, should be provided for photographers
and media. Therefore, advertising systems which avoid complicated and frequent
support structures, exposed cables and other obstructions are preferred.
If rotational or LED boards are used, a position either pitch-side or in a separate
cabin needs to be provided for the operations team. The operator needs to have an
unobstructed view of all three lines of advertising panels.
Advertising boards need to adhere to local regulations of emergency access.
Collapsible boards or gates need to be foreseen where required. The height of
advertising boards should be between 0.90m and 1.00m. The minimum distances
between the boundary lines of the playing field and the advertising boards should be:
On the touch lines: 5m
Behind the goal lines: 5m, with the possibility of angling towards the corner
flags to a minimum of 3m
Under no circumstances should advertising boards be:
–
located in positions where they could constitute a danger to players, officials and
others;
–
erected in any fashion or be of any shape or material which could endanger
players. For example, revolving boards or light-emitting diode (LED) boards must
be powered by a voltage level which cannot cause damage to match participants;
–
erected in any fashion which could obstruct spectators in the event of an
emergency evacuation into the playing area;
–
located in such a way as to obstruct the view of those in the technical area.
The LED boards should be operated in a way that would not cause any distractions
to players, referees, spectators and television viewers, and all exposed sharp edges
and corners which might pose a danger to players and officials should be covered
with an appropriate padding.
86 Football StadiUMS

87. 4.7 p Access to playing area
Vehicles of the emergency services, including ambulances and fire engines, must be For more safety information,
able to gain access to the playing area. All types of ground maintenance vehicles and see Chapter 2.
various other kinds of vehicle should also be able to gain access to the playing area.
4.8 p Exclusion of spectators from playing area
Ideally, the playing area of a stadium should be free of any barriers between
spectators and the playing field. FIFA has decreed that its final competitions will only
be played in fence-free stadiums. However, it is essential that players are protected
against intrusion by spectators. This could be accomplished in a number of ways,
including one or more of the following:
Security personnel
The presence of police and/or security personnel in or near the playing area is the
ideal situation.
Adapted seating
A seating configuration could be employed that situates front-row spectators at a
height above the arena, rendering intrusion into the playing field improbable, if not
impossible. There are the obvious dangers with this method as far as the possibilities
of utilising the playing area as an emergency evacuation area.
Moats
Moats of a sufficient width and depth could be used to protect the playing field.
Moats have the advantage of protecting the playing area without creating the
negative visual impact of fences, but there is a danger that people may fall into
them. To protect against this, it is essential to erect barriers of a sufficient height
on both the spectators’ side and the pitch side. As these barriers could present a
danger to players unless they are a safe distance from the playing field boundary
lines, it means that moats are only worth considering in large, spacious arenas. In
a typical football stadium with a relatively tight playing area configuration, they
do not represent a realistic proposition as they increase the distance between the
playing field and the spectators.
Moats should not contain water. They should have climbing obstructions or be
constructed in such a way as to prevent the unlawful intrusion of spectators into
the playing area.
Football StadiUMS 87

88. 4.1 Recommended dimensions 64
Playing area 4.2 Playing field quality 68
4.3 Natural grass playing fields 69
4.4 Artificial turf playing fields 78
4.5 Substitutes’ benches 85
4.6 Advertising boards around playing area 86
4.7 Access to playing area 87
4.8 Exclusion of spectators from playing area 87
When moats are being constructed, it should be kept in mind that at some time in
the future they might be covered over if an improvement in spectator behaviour
should merit it.
Mobile bridges that can be put across the moat instantly in the event of an
emergency evacuation must be available in those stadiums where the playing area
forms part of the emergency evacuation process.
Screens and fences
Insurmountable transparent screens or insurmountable fences could be used which
could be mounted permanently or affixed in such a way that they may be removed
whenever they are not necessary for a particular match.
While the removal of all perimeter fences and screens from football stadiums is
desirable, it is acknowledged that there are places where local authorities insist
upon the provision of such barriers.
If fences or screens are used, they must be constructed with sufficient emergency
escape gates to enable spectators to reach the playing area in the event of an
emergency evacuation of the seating areas. The number, size and configuration
of these gates must be approved and certified by the competent safety authorities.
Spectator gates must open outwards away from the spectators, be clearly marked,
be unlocked at all times and each one must be permanently attended on the inside
by its own dedicated steward during the whole period that there are spectators
within the stadium.
It must be repeated that FIFA is opposed to insurmountable fences and screens FIFA is opposed to
and rejects their deployment as a playing field protection strategy. Those who insist insurmountable fences
upon their use must be quite clear that in doing so they take upon themselves the and screens.
responsibility of ensuring that they do not, under any circumstances, represent a
danger to those using the stadium concerned.
An alternative solution to insurmountable fences and screens is the use of horizontal
fences between the spectators’ seating stand and the pitch auxiliary area. The
advantage of this type of barrier is that it does not pose a safety hazard for spectators
and can be collapsed with ease by field stewards in case of emergency.
Whatever form of protection against intrusion is used, it must be approved by the
competent local authorities and must not represent a danger to spectators in the
event of panic or an emergency evacuation.
88 Football StadiUMS

89. 5m min./goal
5m 3.5m min./touch
Diagram 4k:
Raised seating compatible with sight-lines
Exclusion of spectators
from playing–area
Pitch access emergency
Security steward
Raised seating compatible
5m min./goal
5m 3.5m min./touch with sight linescompatible with sight-lin
Sight line
Raised seating
emergency
Pitch access – emergency
steward
Security steward
top view
Sight line
5m min./goal
3.5m min./touch
top view
5m min./goal
5m 3.5m min./touch 1.8m min.
5m min./goal
3.5m min./goal
5m min./touch
Moat compatible with sight-lines
Moat compatible
5m 3.5m min./touch with sight linescompatible with sight-lin
Raised seating – emergency
Pitch access
5m min./goal Pitch steward emergency
Securityaccess – emergency
5m 3.5m min./touch 1.8m min.
Security steward
Sight line steward
Moat compatible with sight-lines
Sight access – emergency
Pitch line
Security steward
Sight line
toptop view
view
5m min./goalmin./goal
5m 1.8m min.
3.5m min./touchmin./touch
3.5m
top view
5m5m min./goal
min./goal
5m5m 3.5m min./touch 1.6m min.
3.5m min./touch 1.8m min.
5m min./goal
3.5m min./touch
5m min./goal
Net compatible sight-lines
Net compatible withwith sight-lines
Moat compatible
5m 3.5m min./touch with sight linescompatible with sight-lin
Raised seating – emergency
Pitch access – emergency
Pitch access
5m min./goal Pitch steward emergency
Securityaccess – emergency
Security steward
5m 3.5m min./touch 1.6m min.
Security steward
Sight line steward
Net compatible with sight-lines
Sight line
Sight access – emergency
Pitch line
Security steward
top view
Sight line
top view
5m min./goal 1.6m min.
3.5m min./touch
top view 5m min./goal
5m min./goal 1.8m min.
3.5m min./touch
3.5m min./touch
5m min./goal
5m min./goal 1.6m min.
5m 3.5m min./touch 1.8m min.
3.5m min./touch 1.6m min.
Football StadiUMS 89
Moat compatible with sight-lines
Net compatible with sight-lines

90. Playing area
Playing area
Advertising boards
Blind-side boards of 0.70m are used specifically for the FIFA Confederations Cup and
the FIFA World Cup™. FIFA needs an advertising board storage /work room in each
stadium with easy pitch access. Also, a signage workshop for event decoration and
event signage is required for all FIFA events.
Suspended water table rootzone pitch
In the majority of new stadium pitches and for the FIFA World Cup™, this type of
construction is recommended. The selection of material used to build this type of
pitch should consider the micro- and macro-environment and also stability, drainage,
reinforcements, grasses to be used and water retention for grass growth. These
types of pitches must be reinforced using proven methods if used for the FIFA World
Cup™. All materials used should be pre-approved by an expert.
Ameliorated sand / topsoil
Diagram 4l:
Sand / soil / rootzone Suspended water table
Gravel drainage layer
rootzone pitch
Blinding layer
Ameliorated sand / topsoil
Ameliorated sand / topsoil
Subsoil
Sand / soil / rootzone Gravel drainage layer
Gravel drainage layer
Blinding layer
Match hatch
Pipe drains at
engineered centres
Subsoil
Rootzone reinforcement
In the FIFA World Cup™, where usage levels are high for both games and training,
rootzone reinforcements Pipe drains at
are recommended.
engineered centres
Pitch equipment
Equipment and staff are very important for the success of pitch operations during
the FIFA World Cup™. Sharing equipment between sites is not permitted. The
following pitch maintenance equipment is recommended for the FIFA World Cup™
match venues and should be validated by a pitch expert:
– 5 pedestrian roller suction mowers
4
– pedestrian cylinder mowers with scarifier, brush and verticut attachments for
two machines
90 Football StadiUMS

91. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
– 1 self-propelled sprayer
1
– shallow (30mm-100mm) rapid pedestrian aeration and coring machine with
roller attachment
1d
– eep solid tine aeration (capable of aerating 200mm +) machine with associated
tractor
2
– pedestrian fertiliser spreaders
– 1 hand-operated drag brush
– 1 dew brush
– 1 triplex mower with scarifier attachment (optional)
– line strings and winders
– sharpening, adjustment and maintenance tools for all equipment
Official training sites
The playing surface at the official training sites should be comparable to that in the
match stadiums and should undergo similar maintenance regimes.
Pitch replacement
It is a requirement for the FIFA World Cup™ that each venue has access to a
pre-approved turf for either pitch replacement in the event of a pitch failure or
goalmouth replacement. Nursery establishment of the same turf as is used on the
pitch is vital for the smooth running of the event.
Germination blanket
For all FIFA World Cup™ venues, a germination blanket capable of being placed and
removed in under two hours is required.
Mowing
In a FIFA World Cup™ stadium, a combination of pedestrian cylinder and pedestrian
rotary mowing is recommended.
Facilities, welfare and safety
The provision of facilities is important to maintain groundstaff motivation and
quality of work. Break facilities, food preparation facilities, showers, clothes drying
facilities and communication to access weather data must be available in all
FIFA World Cup™ venues.
Pitch exclusion
FIFA has decreed that its final competitions will only be played in fence-free stadiums.
There are a number of preventative mechanisms available in the market or bespoke
systems that are used in the prevention of pitch invasions. However, the use of
stewards, marshals and security personnel is vital to complement whichever system
is chosen.
Football StadiUMS 91

92. Players and
match officials
92 Football StadiUMS

93. Modern stadiums should provide spacious and
high-quality dressing rooms and other facilities to
ensure that players and match officials can carry
out their activities in comfort and safety.
Football StadiUMS 93

94. 5.1 Access to dressing rooms 94
Players and 5.2 Dressing rooms, toilets and bathing areas 94
match officials 5.3 Access from team areas to playing field 100
5.4 Warm-up areas 100
5.5 Players’ medical room 102
5.6 Doping control 103
5.7 Event management offices 104
5.8 Dressing rooms for ball kids 104
5.1 p Access to dressing rooms
There should be a private, protected area which can be accessed by team buses, For more on access,
cars and ambulances, from which the match participants can enter or leave the see Chapter 3.
stadium safely, away from the public, the media and any unauthorised people.
The route between this private entrance and the dressing rooms should be designed
to allow for activities such as the uninhibited transportation of an injured person on
a stretcher and the delivery of team kit and equipment.
The route between the various dressing rooms, the emergency vehicle location and
the playing area should be accessible without the obstruction of stairs, changes in
level, or sudden bends or turns that would make the route difficult to navigate with
a stretcher carrying an injured player.
5.2 p Dressing rooms, toilets and bathing areas
It is essential that the two principal dressing rooms in a stadium are of equal size, A modern stadium
style and comfort. Frequently, the home team dressing room is far superior to that should have at least two,
which is provided for the visiting team. This may be acceptable at domestic football but preferably four, dressing
level, but it reduces the possibility of the stadium being used as a neutral venue for rooms of equal size and
comfort.
a competition in which the organisers must provide both teams with equal facilities.
For multi-purpose stadiums it is essential to have four dressing rooms of equal size
and comfort. Even in stadiums which are not multi-purpose, it is advisable to have
four dressing rooms of equal size and comfort, in order to accommodate events like
double-header football tournaments.
94 Football StadiUMS

95. Teams’ areas
Position: the main stand.
They should provide direct, protected access to the playing area and be inaccessible
to the public and the media.
Number: at least two separate team areas, but preferably four.
Minimum size: 200m2.
Team areas should: be well ventilated with fresh air and be air conditioned and
centrally heated, have easily cleanable floors and walls of hygienic material, have
non-slip floors and be brightly lit.
Team areas should include the following spaces, with private internal access:
Dressing rooms 80m2
Dressing rooms should have: bench seating for at least 25 people, clothes-hanging
facilities or lockers for at least 25 people, a refrigerator, a tactical demonstration
board, a telephone (external/internal). Player dressing rooms are to include provision
for a mounted TV.
Massage room 40m2
The massage or treatment area should be separated from, and immediately adjacent
to, the dressing space. It should include space for three massage tables, a desk, a
utility table and an ice machine. The massage room should be immediately adjacent
to the players’ dressing room – an internal passage or door is ideal.
Toilets and sanitary facilities 50m2
These should be immediately adjacent to, and with direct private access from, the
dressing room. Each room should have a minimum of: 11 showers, 5 washbasins
with mirrors, 1 foot basin, 1 drying-off area with towel hooks, 1 sink for cleaning
boots, 3 urinals, 3 toilets, 2 electric shaving points and 2 hair dryers.
Coaches’ offices 30m2
They should be adjacent to the teams’ dressing rooms.
Coaches’ offices should have: 1 shower, 4 lockers plus toilet and sink, 1 desk,
5 chairs, a whiteboard and a telephone.
Football StadiUMS 95

96. 5.1 Access to dressing rooms 94
Players and 5.2 Dressing rooms, toilets and bathing areas 94
match officials 5.3 Access from team areas to playing field 100
5.4 Warm-up areas 100
5.5 Players’ medical room 102
5.6 Doping control 103
5.7 Event management offices 104
5.8 Dressing rooms for ball kids 104
Diagram 5a:
Playing area Players flow diagram
Field access tunnel
Flash interview
Doping control
Players’ medical room
Warm-up Warm-up
area A Competition offices area B
Massage room Press conference room Massage room
Toilets Dressing Dressing Toilets
TV studios
room A room B
Showers Showers
Mixed zone
Coaches’ office Coaches’ office
Team A drop-off Teams’ pick-up Team B drop-off
Inner perimeter
Players’ precinct entrance Players’ precinct entrance
Outer perimeter
96 Football StadiUMS

97. Diagram 5b:
Team area
1 Players tunnel
2 Coach office tunnel
1 Players’ tunnel
Players
3 RefereeCoaches’office
2 change room
Coach office
4 Flash interview dressingroom
3 Referees’ change room
Referee
3 3
Team Indoor Team A Team B Indoor Team
dressing warm-up dressing 2 1 2 dressing warm-up dressing 5 Player drop off/pick up
4 Flash interview
Flash interview
room area room 3 3
room area room
Team Indoor Team A
4 4 Team B Indoor Team
dressing warm-up dressing 2 1 2 dressing warm-up dressing Route players drop-off/pick-up
5 Player drop off/pick up
Player
room area room room area room
4 4 Team access/exitplayers
Doping Players’ Players’ route
Route
TV control medical room
Storage VIP/VVIP access access/exit
studios Mixed zone Doping Players’ Team access/exit
Team
TV Offices
control medical room
Storage studios Mixed zone Media entry
VIP/VVIP access
VIP/VVIP access
Offices
Press conference Media VVIP/VIP
Media entry
Media entry
5 room access lobby reception Offices 5
Press conference Media VVIP/VIP
5 room access lobby reception Offices 5
VVIP drop-off/
5
pick-up
VVIP drop-off/
5
pick-up
Football StadiUMS 97

98. 5.1 Access to dressing rooms 94
Players and 5.2 Dressing rooms, toilets and bathing areas 94
match officials 5.3 Access from team areas to playing field 100
5.4 Warm-up areas 100
5.5 Players’ medical room 102
5.6 Doping control 103
5.7 Event management offices 104
5.8 Dressing rooms for ball kids 104
Team changing room – 200m2
Diagram 5c:
1 Team dressing room
Coaches’ office�– 30m2
2 Dressing room�– 80m2
Total area – 200m2
Team changing room – 200m2
3 Sanitary facilities�– 50m2
3
1 1 Coaches’ office�– 30m2
Coaches’ office – 30m2
4 Massage room�– 40m2
2 Dressing room – 80m2
Dressing room�– 80m2
5 Team tactics board
3 Sanitary facilities – 50m2
Sanitary facilities�– 50m2
6 1
6 Refreshments
3 4 Massage room –40m22
Massage room�– 40m
6
5 Team tactics board
Team tactics board
4 6 6 Refreshments
Refreshments
6 2
4 5
2
5
Diagram 5d:
Referees’ dressing room
Referee changing room – 24m2
6
5 1 Referee changing 2room – 24m2
Total area – table
Massage 24m
6
5 2 Lockers
Massage table
1 Massage table
1
3 Bench
Lockers
2 Lockers
1 4 Showers
Bench
3 Bench
5 Toilet
Showers
4 Showers
6 Fridge
Toilet
5 Toilet
7 Television
Fridge
6 Fridge
7
7 Television
Television
2 7
2
4
4
3
3
98 Football StadiUMS

99. Referees’ area
Position: the main stand.
It should provide direct, protected access to the playing area and be inaccessible
to the public and the media. It should be separate from, but close to, the teams’
dressing rooms.
Minimum size: 24m2.
Referees’ area should: be well ventilated with fresh air, be air conditioned and
centrally heated, have easily cleanable, non-slip floors and walls of hygienic material,
and be brightly lit.
Referees’ area should have: clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for 4 people,
4 chairs or bench seating for 4 people, a table with 2 chairs, a massage table,
a refrigerator, a tactical demonstration board, a telephone (external / internal) and
provision for a television set.
Toilet and sanitary facilities should be immediately adjacent to, and with direct Adequate facilities should
private access from, the dressing room. They should have a minimum of: 2 showers, be provided for referees of
1 washbasin with mirror, 1 urinal, 1 toilet, 1 electric shaving point, 1 hair dryer and both sexes.
1 sink for cleaning boots.
It is not unusual for matches to be controlled by female referees and/or assistant
referees, or for the refereeing team to be comprised of both sexes. A modern
stadium should provide equal, separate areas for both sexes. Therefore, one area
for five referees and one area for two referees should be provided, both with the
requisite washing facilities.
Signs in dressing room area: All corridors should have clear and easily
understandable signs directing visiting players, referees and officials to their
respective rooms, each of which should be clearly marked. For example: Home
Dressing Room; Visitors’ Dressing Room; Referees; Doping Control.
Football StadiUMS 99

100. 5.1 Access to dressing rooms 94
Players and 5.2 Dressing rooms, toilets and bathing areas 94
match officials 5.3 Access from team areas to playing field 100
5.4 Warm-up areas 100
5.5 Players’ medical room 102
5.6 Doping control 103
5.7 Event management offices 104
5.8 Dressing rooms for ball kids 104
5.3 p Access from team areas to playing field
The team areas should be located on either side of the players’ tunnel. The tunnel
should be a minimum of 4m wide and a minimum of 2.4m high. For the purposes
of the FIFA World Cup™, between 4.5m and 6.0m width is preferred; the minimum
height is the same.
The point where the players and the referees enter the playing area must be For more on safety,
protected by means of a fireproof telescopic tunnel. This should be at the halfway see Chapter 2.
line and on the same side as the VIP box, media tribune and administrative offices.
The telescopic tunnel should extend into the playing area far enough to prevent the
risk of injury to the match participants caused by objects thrown by spectators. Such
telescopic tunnels should be capable of being extended or closed quickly so that
they may be used during the match when a player is entering or leaving the field,
without causing a lengthy viewing obstruction.
The surfaces of the corridors must be made of, or covered by, a non-slip material.
There should be no possibility of public interference in these corridors. Close to the
point where the dressing room corridor or tunnel opens into the playing area, there
should be a small sanitary area consisting of a toilet and washbasin with mirror for
those who use the playing area.
5.4 p Warm-up areas
Outdoor
These areas should have a grass surface (artificial turf is acceptable). For information on the
playing area, see Chapter 4.
Indoor
Position: close to the dressing rooms.
Minimum size: 100m2 (each).
It should be noted that indoor warm-up areas are especially important when double- An indoor warm-up area of
headers take place so that the teams for the second match have enough time to 100m2 should be provided
warm up properly. Each team should have an indoor warm-up area. It should be for each team.
surrounded by plain walls with no protrusions. The wall surface should have shock
absorbent material to prevent collision injuries and a loose net below the ceiling.
Areas should be ventilated with fresh air, be air conditioned and should be brightly
illuminated with lights which are protected against damage by footballs.
100 Football StadiUMS

101. Football StadiUMS 101

102. 5.1 Access to dressing rooms 94
Players and 5.2 Dressing rooms, toilets and bathing areas 94
match officials 5.3 Access from team areas to playing field 100
5.4 Warm-up areas 100
5.5 Players’ medical room 102
5.6 Doping control 103
5.7 Event management offices 104
5.8 Dressing rooms for ball kids 104
Diagram 5e:
First aid/Treatmentmedical50m2
Players’ room – room
Treatment table 2 room – 50m
First aid/Treatment
Total area – 50m 2
1
2 Examination table table
1 Treatment table
Treatment
3 Glass Examination table
2 medicine cabinet
Examination table
1 2 2 1
4 Showers medicine cabinet
3 Glass medicine cabinet
Glass
1 2 2 1
5 WC/Toilet
4 Showers
Showers
6 Lockable cabinet
5 Toilet
WC/Toilet
6 3 3 6 6 Lockable cabinet
Lockable cabinet
6 3 3 6
4 4
4 5 5 4
5 5
5.5 p Players’ medical room
This room should be used by players.
Position: as close to the teams’ dressing rooms and the playing field as possible,
with easy access to the outside entrance directly to emergency vehicles. The doors
and corridors leading to this room should be wide enough to allow access for
stretchers and wheelchairs.
Minimum size: 50m2.
The room should have: an examination table, 2 portable stretchers (in addition to
those at the pitch-side), a washbasin (hot water), a low foot basin (hot water), a
glass cabinet for medicines, a lockable non-glass cabinet, a treatment table and
a telephone (external/internal). The room should have walls or partitions which
enable it to be divided into two when necessary. In addition, the room needs to be
equipped with:
– defibrillator with rhythm and patient data recording;
– cardiac monitor;
– external cardiac pacing;
102 Football StadiUMS

103. – infusion mounting and system with all equipment for injections and infusions set,
including venous indwelling cannulae;
– infusion system which is designed to allow administration of fluid warmed to
37°C +/- 2°C;
– pressure infusion device, volumetric infusing device;
– central vein catheters;
– pericardial puncture set;
– drug administration equipment;
– intubation equipment;
– automatic ventilator, stationary oxygen min. 2,000 litres or portable oxygen
min. 400 litres, stationary non-manual suction device with minimum negative
pressure of 500mm of mercury with a minimum capacity of 1 litre, capnometer,
PEEP-valve, thorax drainage kit;
– immobilisation equipment like vacuum mattress, spinal board, cervical collar-set.
5.6 p Doping control
Every stadium must provide a room for doping control purposes, comprising a
waiting room, a working room and a washing facility, all adjoining.
Position: near the teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms and inaccessible to the
public and the media.
Minimum size: 36m2 (including toilet, working room and waiting room).
The doping control area should: be well ventilated with fresh air and be air
conditioned and centrally heated, have easily cleanable floors and walls of hygienic
material, have non-slip floors and be brightly lit.
The working room should have: a desk, 4 chairs, a washbasin and mirror, a
telephone (external/internal) and a cabinet with a lock for sample bottles.
Toilet area
Position: immediately next to, with direct private access to, the working room,
capable of accommodating two people. Toilet and sanitary facilities should include
1 toilet, 1 washbasin and mirror and 1 shower.
Waiting room
Position: immediately adjacent to the working room.
The waiting room should have: sufficient seating for eight people, a refrigerator
and a television set.
Football StadiUMS 103

104. 5.1 Access to dressing rooms 94
Players and 5.2 Dressing rooms, toilets and bathing areas 94
match officials 5.3 Access from team areas to playing field 100
5.4 Warm-up areas 100
5.5 Players’ medical room 102
5.6 Doping control 103
5.7 Event management offices 104
5.8 Dressing rooms for ball kids 104
Diagram 5f:
Doping control
Doping control – 50m2
5
4
1 Waiting area 36m50m2
Doping control – 2
Total area –
5
2 FridgeWaiting area
1 Waiting area
4
1 3 Television
2 Fridge
Fridge
1
4 Shower Television
3 Television
5 WC/Toilet
4 Shower
Shower
3
6 Draw Toilet
5 table
WC/Toilet
6
3 7 Doping control table
6 Draw table
Draw table
6
Security Doping control table
7
steward
Doping control table
WasteSecurity steward
paper bin steward
Security
7
Waste paper bin
Waste paper bin
2 7
2
5.7 p Event management offices
Position: near the teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms, preferably with direct
connecting access to the latter.
Minimum size: 20m2.
The area should have: a desk or table, 3 chairs, a clothes locker, a telephone
(external / internal), a fax, a photocopier and a television set. Toilet and sanitary
facilities should include 1 toilet and 1 washbasin with mirror.
5.8 p Dressing rooms for ball kids
Minimum size: 40m2 (for each sex).
Each room should have: 2 toilets, 2 washbasins and 2 showers.
104 Football StadiUMS

105. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
Players and match officials
Players’ dressing rooms
A fully kitted team dressing room should be at least 250m². In addition to those
spaces mentioned in 5.2, there should be provision for:
a) Kit manager’s room (min. 25m²)
The kit manager’s room should include space for storing trunks and laying out
clothes. It should have two work tables and be in proximity to the players’ dressing
room and utility area.
b) Utility/refreshment area (min. 25m²)
The utility /refreshment area is a space where the refrigerator could be placed, along
with a table with food and snacks, and a table or two for items that the players may
need to grab while getting ready (e.g. water bottles, boot brushes, etc.). It could be
an extension of the players’ dressing room, but the additional space would need to
be factored in.
Referees’ dressing room
The referees’ dressing room should allow for the possibility of seven referees (e.g.
seven lockers). Accordingly, the size of the space should be increased from 24m² to
45m².
Ball kids’ dressing rooms
Ball kids’ dressing rooms should be provided. They must be in a location of the
stadium which has easy access to the pitch. A room near the service tunnel is ideal,
so that the ball kids need not cross the area occupied by the match officials and the
players.
Players’ tunnel
Given the pre-match ceremonies of th FIFA World Cup™, a sufficiently large
assembly space before the players’ tunnel is recommended, or a tunnel where
teams and youth programme participants may line up which is long enough to
accommodate 90 people. A youth programme room should be provided that,
ideally, is just outside the stadium, within 100m to 200m walking distance. It
should offer space for 70 youngsters and 30 adults, have an outdoor playing
area, if possible, and have toilet/changing facilities.
Event management offices
During the FIFA World Cup™, the offices and meeting rooms required would be in
excess of 33, excluding the local organising committee, the stadium authority and
other stakeholders.
Football StadiUMS 105

106. Spectators
106 Football StadiUMS

107. Stadiums should be designed so that all spectators are safe
and comfortable, have a perfect view of the pitch and have
easy access to sanitary and refreshment facilities.
Football StadiUMS 107

108. 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
Spectators 6.2 Spectator areas 118
6.3 Communication with the public 119
6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
6.1 p General standards of comfort
Over the past 25 years, stadiums have improved significantly in the level of comfort
that they provide for spectators. These improvements have been for people in all
areas, from those purchasing the least expensive tickets to VIPs. This trend is likely to
continue. Stadiums should not be built, therefore, with only the needs of the next
few years in mind but rather in the hope that the facility will serve the requirements
of the generations to come, or at least that it may be adapted to do so relatively
easily.
A modern stadium should be capable of providing the following facilities:
Cover for spectators
A roof over all spectators is particularly desirable in cold, wet climates. In those parts A football stadium should be
of the world where relatively constant sunshine is normal, the shade provided by a covered to protect spectators
roof should be made available to all spectators for at least a certain period of the from the rain and from the
game. glare of strong sunlight.
It is possible that spectators will become reluctant to sit in freezing temperatures or
in sweltering humid conditions to watch sporting events held in stadiums. In an age
when our homes, workplaces, cars and many sporting and entertainment facilities
are comfortably heated and air conditioned, it seems likely that more spectators will
ask for similar conditions in their stadiums.
There is already a trend towards building stadiums that can be completely covered
over by a retractable roof which may be left open whenever weather conditions
make it desirable to do so.
The challenge with this kind of roof, even when it provides a substantial roof For more about artificial
opening, is that it is proving extremely difficult to maintain grass pitches in acceptable turf and natural grass, see
condition. With the necessary supply of sunlight and wind (for ventilation) severely Chapter 4.
reduced by the roof, it is almost impossible to keep the turf alive and well.
108 Football StadiUMS

109. Seating accommodation
All spectators should be seated. Seats must be individual, affixed to the structure
and comfortably shaped, with backrests of a minimum height of 30cm to provide
support. To ensure a minimum level of comfort, ‘tractor-style’ seats, with only a
tiny flange purporting to represent a backrest, are not acceptable. The provision of
backrests also helps to prevent the highly dangerous forward surge of spectators
which frequently took place on the old standing terraces whenever a goal was
scored and which still happens today in some stadiums where the seats have no
backrests. Standing viewing areas and benches of any kind are not acceptable under
any circumstances for the FIFA World Cup™.
Seats should be unbreakable, fireproof and capable of withstanding the rigours of For more on VIP facilities,
the prevailing climate without undue deterioration or loss of colour. Seats for VIPs see Chapter 7.
should be wider and more comfortable and should be located at the centre of the
field and separated from the rest of the seating areas. Great care should be taken
when choosing the type of seats to be installed.
Building and safety standards vary from country to country, so it is inappropriate
to prescribe absolute dimensions for the width of seats, the space between them,
the space between the seat rows or the maximum number of seats between
aisles. However, the safety and comfort of spectators must be paramount and the
configuration and style of seating areas is fundamental to both issues.
There should be sufficient leg-room between the rows of seats to ensure that
spectators’ knees do not touch the seat or spectator in the row in front and to
make it relatively easy for spectators to move in and out of the rows even when
they are full. This is an important safety factor which has not always been taken
into consideration. In many stadiums, it is almost impossible to move along the row
when it is occupied. This is not acceptable. Seats that tip up automatically when
the occupant stands up are helpful in this respect, although they may be more
susceptible to breakage if abused. To achieve reasonable leg-room, a minimum
distance of 80cm from backrest to backrest is recommended.
Football StadiUMS 109

110. 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
Spectators 6.2 Spectator areas 118
6.3 Communication with the public 119
6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
Riser (a) = min. 0.3m
Tread (b) = min. 0.8m
Diagram 6a: = max. 34°
Rake angle (d)
Seating = min. 0.3m
Riser (a)
Tread (b) = min. 0.8m
Riser (a) = min. 0.3m
Rake angle (d) = max. 34°
Tread (b) = min. 0.8m
Rake angle (d) = max. 34°
0.5m 0.5m
0.5m 0.5m
a a
0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
0.8 b d 0.8 b d
a a
0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
0.8 b d 0.8 b d
The width of the seat is critical for spectator comfort. It may be financially beneficial
to maximise the number of spectators in a seating area but this may compromise
safety and is grossly irresponsible. It may also reduce long-term attendance. An
absolute minimum width should be 45cm while a recommended minimum is 50cm.
In many countries, spectators dress in bulky clothing and this should be accounted
for. VIP and VVIP seats should have a minimum width of 60cm and a superior
comfort level. Arm rests should be included in the seat design.
There should be a clear view of the playing field from all seats. In calculating the
sight lines it should be appreciated that advertising boards of 90-100cm in height
may be erected around the field at a distance of five metres from the touch lines and
five metres behind the centre of the goal lines. Simplified minimum criteria should
be that all spectators in the stadium can see over the head of a spectator seated two
rows in front in a direct line.
110 Football StadiUMS

111. Diagram 6b:
c c Line of visibility
AdvertisingAdvertising board
Advertising board
board
Sight lines Sight lines
Sight lines
e Raised seating above
Raised seating above
e Raised seating above
e e
pitch – min. 1m – – min. 1m
pitch min. 1m
pitch
c c Value c c Value
c cc
Value cV
c c Value
Absolute min. 0.06m
Absolute min. 0.06m
60 60
Absolut min. 0.06m 60
Recommended min. 0.09m 90 Recommended min.
Recommended min. 0.09m 0.09m
90 90
Optimum 0.12m 120 Optimum Optimum 0.12m 0.12m
120 12
Seat identification
Row identification should be clearly exhibited in the passageways or aisles in an Spectators should be able
easy-to-find location on the outside of the end seat. When arriving at an unfamiliar to find their way easily to
stadium with a ticket for, say, Sector B, Row 22, Seat 9, the spectator should find their seats.
the route to the seat clearly marked and easily identifiable.
All seats should be numbered in a way that makes them clearly, easily and
immediately identifiable. Spectators should not have to stoop to look at obscure,
faded and miniscule seat number plates while others wait behind them, impatient
and frustrated. It is important that the whole entry process is not stressful or
unnecessarily slow.
Football StadiUMS 111

112. 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
Spectators 6.2 Spectator areas 118
6.3 Communication with the public 119
6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
Toilets and sanitary facilities
Sufficient toilet facilities for both sexes and for disabled people must be provided
inside the security perimeter of the stadium. These amenities should include
adequate washing facilities with clean water and a plentiful supply of towels and / or
hand dryers. These areas should be bright, clean and hygienic and they should be
kept in that condition throughout each event.
The fact that women usually require more time in these facilities should be For other pre-construction
accounted for by providing additional fixtures. The growing number of women decisions, see Chapter 1.
attending football games and other stadium events should be noted. Developers
of stadiums may consider installing additional women’s washrooms that can be
converted to temporary use by men, with appropriate changes in signage, when a
larger male audience is anticipated.
The recommended minimum number of toilets and sinks is 28 and 14 respectively
for every 1,000 women and 3 toilets, 15 urinals and 6 sinks for every 1,000 men.
The ratio should be increased in the VIP and VVIP areas. Local authority regulations
apply if they require more fixtures.
To avoid overcrowding between spectators entering and leaving sanitary facilities
there should be a one-way access system, or at least doors which are sufficiently
wide to permit the division of the passageway into in and out channels.
Private toilet facilities consisting of a single toilet and sink should be considered
throughout the facility in a ratio of 1 per 5,000 spectators, for use by those requiring
greater assistance, including disabled people and young children.
Stadiums must be developed as quality community facilities with appropriate
customer services, including washrooms. It has been demonstrated that spectators
respect well-maintained and clean facilities. Unclean facilities often foster anti-social
behaviour.
112 Football StadiUMS

113. Concessions
Concessions
Concessions
1 Point of sales of sales
1 Point
food store food store
6 Dry 6 Dry Work space
Work space
Concessions of presentation
Point sales
6 6 1
Dry food store Work space
2 Product Product presentation
2
6 6
2 Diagram 6c:
Product presentation
1
3 Point of sales
3
Beverages Beverages
6 6 Dry food store Work space
Comfort for spectators
3 4 3 4 5 5 5 5 4 3 4 3 3 Beverages
2
4 Product presentation
4
Cups Cups
3 2 4 2 2
5 2 2
5 2 4 2 3 2
4 Concession
Cups
Concessions
Cold 2 2 2 2 3
5 Beverages
Food
5 Food
Cold Refuse
Refuse
beverage beverage 5 Food Point ofof sales
Cold
store
3
store
4 5 5 4 3 storage
Refuse
storage 4
6 Cups food storesales
1
Cold
6 Point
Cold food store
beverage 6 62 Dry food store 2 2
Work space 2
storage 6 Cold food store presentation
store
Cold 1
5 Food Product presentation
2 Product
1 Refuse
beverage
Garnish area
store
Garnish area 1 storage Garnish area6
Garnish area
3 Beverages
Beverages
Cold food store
Concessions
Garnish area 3 4 5 5 4 3 Garnish area Cups
4 Cups
2 1 2 2 2 1 Point of sales
Garnish area 6 Cold 6 Dry food store Work space Garnish area 5 Food
Food
Refuse 2 Product presentation
beverage
store Queuing area
Queuing area storage 6 Cold food store
Cold food store
Queuing area
3 Beverages
3 4 5 1 5 4 3 4 Cups
Garnish area 2 2
Queuing area 2 2 Garnish area
Male ablutions
Male ablutions
Cold
5 Food
Refuse
beverage
Male ablutions storage
Toilets food store
Cold
store 6
1 1
Toilets/WCToilets/WC
Male ablutions 1 Toilets/WC hand basins
Wash hand
3 3
1
Queuing area 2 Wash hand basins basins
2 Wash
Garnish area 2
Garnish area1 Wash hand basins
3 3 UrinalsUrinals
Toilets/WC
3 Urinals
1 1 1 1 3 UrinalsDisabled toilet
2
4 Wash hand basinstoilet
Disabled Disabled
4 toilet
1 2 2 3 2 21
Male ablutions 4 Disabled toilet
2 2 3 Urinals
1 1
Queuing area
4
4 4 Disabled Toilets/WC
1 toilet
2 2
4
3
2 Wash hand basins
4 3 Urinals
Male ablutions
1 1
Female ablutions
Female ablutions 4 Disabled toilet
2 2 1 Toilets
Toilets/WC
Female ablutions
1 1 Toilets/WC
Toilets/WC hand basins
Wash hand basins
3
2 Wash
4
Female ablutions 1 Toilets/WC
2 Wash hand basins basins
2
3
Wash hand
Urinals
1 1 2 Wash hand basins
1 Toilets/WC
4 Disabled toilet
2 1 1 2
2 Wash hand basins
1
2 2
Female ablutions
2 4
1
1 Toilets/WC
2
2 Wash hand basins
Female ablutions Male Female
1
Population total: 120% 85% 35%
2 1 Toilets/WC
Toilets 3 per 1,000 28 per 1,000
Urinals 15 per 1,000 n/a 2 Wash hand basins
Wash hand basins 6 per 1,000 14 per 1,000
1
2
Football StadiUMS 113

114. 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
Spectators 6.2 Spectator areas 118
6.3 Communication with the public 119
6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
Food and beverage facilities
Performance indicators
There are two main performance indicators for food and beverage facilities in
football stadiums: speed of service and quality of service.
Under speed of service, the following factors are evaluated: the location of the facility;
point of sale ratio; design and set-up; product variety; production system of food
items; serving system of beverages; signage and menu boards; and payment system.
Under quality of service, the following factors are evaluated: the taste and quality
of products; qualification and training of employees; display and presentation of
products; availability of items on the menu; waste management and environmental
considerations; consumer-friendly serving and transport / logistics.
Facility types
There are many types of facilities where food and beverages are served at the stadium.
These include: restaurants, beer gardens, shops, bars with tables and seating. Any of
these types can be either built-in/existing facilities or temporary operations.
This guide deals with four facility types: permanent concessions; temporary
concessions; mobile stands; and hawking.
Permanent concessions
In general, for every 250 spectator seats in the stadium, there should be one
permanent concession point of sale (cash till). Traditionally existing concessions
should have between six and eight points of sale, and a concession stand counter
area is ideally around 10m in length. Permanent concessions need around 60m² of
space in order to accommodate the infrastructure such as air exhaustion, grease
traps, hot and cold water, waste water, electricity, telephone (data lines) and
lighting, and to accommodate working space as well.
In a concession programme, there is a three-sector set-up of operations: (1) selling,
payment and impulse display in the service or front area (register/till/payment terminal
with display and impulse merchandise display); (2) production and presentation in
the middle area (technical equipment to produce and present food and beverages);
(3) storage, preparation and disposal in the back area. In general, all equipment
should be mobile and modular to cater for different types and needs of events.
Ideally, a stadium’s concession storage holds 1.2 times the inventory of planned
product sales for the event, which ideally would cater for both cold and dry storage.
Product displays and signage should be positioned outside the concession stand
so visitors can identify the offering before queuing. Inside the concession stand,
additional menu boards should be installed with detailed product descriptions and
pricing so that customers at the front of the line can still make product-choice
decisions. Electronic signage systems provide high flexibility, professional branding
and promotion usage, and are most environmentally friendly as when new products
114 Football StadiUMS

115. or pricing is established no signage needs to be discarded. Condiment and service
stations are to be placed outside the concession, away from queuing lines and walk
ways. This will aid the flow of customers and speed up sales.
Temporary concession
Temporary concessions give flexibility in providing event-based additional services
to areas with high demand, such as plazas, entry/gathering / resting areas and
fan zones. They also cater for specific event-related products such as customer
group specific food (e.g. halal food). They can be country / region-related, used for
promotions, be weather / season-related, or partner / sponsor-related. Temporary
concessions should focus on single product categories, either beverages or food.
In order to reach the ratio of one sales point to every 250 spectators, temporary
concessions can and should be foreseen whether in the stadium concourse (if there
are no safety or congestion concerns) or in the stadium perimeter. Ideally, each
temporary concession (tent, wagon, container) should have two to three points of
sale and the sales counter should be of a minimum of 4m in length. Temporary
concessions need a total of around 18m² of space, electricity, water and lighting.
Normally, temporary concessions do not have a wide product offering and thus do
not need to be as large as permanent concessions.
Football StadiUMS 115

116. 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
Spectators 6.2 Spectator areas 118
6.3 Communication with the public 119
6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
Mobile stands
Mobile stands are used to sell single products and grab-and-go items such as
pretzels, hot dogs, impulse ice-cream, food snacks, sweets, promotional products
and beverages. Stands are usually on wheels and can be positioned and re-positioned
based on the event demand. Stands provide maximum flexibility to be moved at
any time to nearly every location in the stadium / stadium perimeter. Professional
equipment serving these needs is essential for the success of mobile stand operations
as well as ongoing replenishment.
For every 1,000 seats / spectators, there should be one mobile stand with one point
of sale, around 2m in length. Mobile stands need around 4m² of space and may
require electricity and lighting.
Hawking
The idea of hawking is to serve the visitors sitting in the stands, just before and during
the event. Prior to the event, hawking can support selling at high demand or in
remote areas. Thus, hawkers work in the concourses, tribunes and stadium perimeter.
Typical products for hawking are beverages, impulse ice-cream, pretzels, popcorn,
salty snacks and sweets. Hawking can be done for many items depending on the
equipment available. For instance, hawking of cooked food can be done should the
concessionaire possess the equipment necessary to keep food warm in transit.
Hawking can also serve those visitors who are less mobile, such as people with
disabilities, wheelchair users and families with small children. Sometimes groups pre-
order hawkers to serve them during the entire event. A special service can also be to
“order by SMS or call” to the seat, delivered by hawkers. Professional equipment and
a short distance to the replenishment station are essential. Ideally, there should be
one hawker for every 600 seats / spectators.
Logistics, storage, facilities
Central requirements
A central logistics and storage area is required which can be reached through a
separate, dedicated entry. Transportation elevators are needed to all serviced levels
of the stadium for dedicated use. Receiving, handling and dispatching space for
around 80 pallets per 10,000 seats / visitors is required. There should be temperature-
controlled storage (frozen and chilled) for around 30 pallets per 10,000 seats / visitors,
dry storage of around 25m², equipment storage of around 25m² and miscellaneous
storage of around 25m². Storage / parking for logistics handling equipment (such as
vehicles, carts, fork lifts and pallet jacks) is required, as is waste management space.
116 Football StadiUMS

117. Decentralised requirements
There should be equipment/entire temporary concession storage or parking space
external to the stadium with storage containers. Two storage rooms are required for
food and beverages to replenish temporary concessions on the level of temporary
concession operations, usually the ground / stadium entry level. Alternatively, mobile
stands can be positioned on each level of operations, with one storage area for the
equipment and for food and beverages. For hawking, two storage / service stations on
each level of operations are required for the equipment and for food and beverages.
Other requirements
Dressing rooms and facilities are needed for female and male staff (around 120 staff
per 10,000 seats / visitors). This should include: a uniform room of around 25m²; a
money / security room of around 20m²; a staff and event accounting room of around
40m²; and office and administration space of around 40m².
Environmental considerations
Energy-efficient equipment and CO2-reduced cooling systems should be used, with
just-in-time operations of lighting and equipment. Battery and electric-powered
transportation / logistic equipment should be used. Dispenser controlled “gentle”
cleaning and disinfection products should be used. Where possible, there should
be a wholesale distributor to deliver products, reducing transportation and logistics.
Reusable transport and packaging materials should be used. Staff should use public
transport to and from the stadium.
Waste management
There should be a deposit / recycle bottled system or draft containers for beverages For more on Green Goal,
and a deposit / recycle / biodegradable bottle / cup system to serve beverages. Food see Chapter 1.
items should be served in “eatable packaging” like bread or dough. There should
be limited use of paper napkins. The use of wooden / biodegradable cutlery and
biodegradable trays, bowls and plates is recommended.
Condiments used in bulk should be served by a dispenser system. Food waste
collection in concession and central storage and removal should be handled by a
certified supplier. Waste collection should be separated by material in concession
and central storage. Transport and case packaging should be separated by material
and either returned to the supplier or collected by a certified supplier. There should
be a separate collection of waste oil and removal by a certified supplier.
Payment
Public food and beverage operation in general is a cash transaction business.
Registers / tills are to be used at all point of sales in permanent, temporary and
mobile concessions / stands with an additional guest-facing display. It is a centrally
operated and connected system, providing business relevant reports, including
stock / inventory management.
Football StadiUMS 117

118. 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
Spectators 6.2 Spectator areas 118
6.3 Communication with the public 119
6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
For in-house cashless / pre-paid payment solutions, the distribution of the payment
method (card, chip, voucher etc.), charging, deposit and refund of money outside
the concession / stand and the entire communication process need to be considered.
The actual concession / stand operations will improve in speed with a cashless
payment system.
Public telephones
Despite the increasing popularity of mobile phones and the reduction in the use of
public telephones, an adequate number of public telephones should be provided in
and around the stadium.
6.2 p Spectator areas
Public areas
The stadium should be divided into at least four separate sectors, each with its own The stadium should be
access points, refreshment and toilet facilities and other essential services, such as divided into four separate
spectators’ medical centres, security stations and areas for stewards and marshals. sectors, each with its own
access points.
Each of these sectors may, in turn, be divided into smaller areas. It should be possible
to prevent spectators from moving from one sector, or sub-sector, to another, unless
it is required for the stadium’s evacuation process.
The nature of the barriers which may be used to sub-divide sectors is for each
stadium management to determine. Barriers should be easily dismountable by
security personnel and have a collapsing load which is in accordance with local
authority regulations. It must be possible to see through the barriers.
118 Football StadiUMS

119. 6.3 p Communication with the public
Sound reinforcement and acoustics
Public address system
It is essential that stadium operators and authorities are capable of communicating
with spectators inside and outside the stadium by means of a sufficiently powerful
and reliable public address (PA) system. The PA system should be designed to meet
the following minimum operational requirements:
– The PA control centre shall be located in a position where the operator has a clear
view of the stadium spectator areas.
– The control centre shall have the ability to select audio signals from the PA
announcer, stadium video control, outside broadcasters and local sources within
the control centre.
– The PA system shall be capable of addressing messages exclusively to individual
sectors within and adjacent to the stadium.
– The PA system shall be capable of having its volume level automatically increased
in response to increased crowd noise to ensure intelligibility of voice messaging.
– The PA system shall have an override facility, which would permit the stadium
operator or authorities with jurisdiction for the stadium to interrupt the sound
system in the event of an emergency.
– The PA system shall provide an emergency alternative power supply to ensure the
system remains operative without interruption in the event of a power failure for
a minimum period of three hours.
To ensure that adequate speech intelligibility for public address and emergency
messages is achieved in the stadium spectator areas, the PA system should be
designed to meet the following performance requirements and standards:
– The system is to achieve STI values (measured using the STI-PA method or
calculated from the impulse response) of not less than STI 0.55 in the fixed
spectator seating areas.
– The system shall provide maximum continuous sound levels of not less than 100
dBA and peak sound levels of at least 105 dBA, with deviations in overall direct
sound levels across the spectator seating not exceeding +/-3.5 dBA.
– Frequency response as measured in the seating areas shall be at least 120Hz to
5000Hz +/-3 dB.
– Documentation of performance is required.
Football StadiUMS 119

120. 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
Spectators 6.2 Spectator areas 118
6.3 Communication with the public 119
6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
Depending upon funding availability, stadium owners may wish to consider installing
a “sound reinforcement system” as opposed to the more basic, and less expensive,
public address system. A sound reinforcement system is more effective for relaying
music and other entertainment and informational audio programmes. The system
would have to meet the minimum speech intelligibility requirement and exceed the
performance requirements for loudness, frequency response, and uniformity.
Acoustic requirements
Stadium architectural surfaces and geometry must be considered when designing the
speaker systems and should be designed to avoid problematic acoustic reflections
that would reduce speech intelligibility for people in public areas. Sound absorption
material meeting an NRC value of 0.9 or greater, as required, on the face of pre-cast
seating and other vertical sections and interior roof surfaces should be provided to
achieve the required STI values.
Noise levels from stadium mechanical systems or other equipment should not exceed
a NC 45 level in the public areas.
Scoreboards and video screens
Most modern stadiums have some kind of electronic communication with spectators.
This could be a relatively basic scoreboard, which records in written form the match
result and goalscorers and provides short and simple public messages. Or it could
be a much more sophisticated and expensive LED giant video screen, which can
provide instant action replays or other televised/video entertainment. These screens
are often an additional source of income when used for advertising. Video screen
communication is more expensive but it is preferred by the public.
The location of these screens within the stadium is an important issue which must
be addressed at an early stage of the design process. Generally, at least two screens
are used to provide spectators in all areas with an acceptable, relatively direct view.
They are large and can result in seat loss both in new stadiums and when introduced
as an addition to an existing stadium.
The favoured positions for them are in two diagonally opposite corners or one behind
each of the goals. They can be positioned to fill in open corner spaces between side
and end grandstands. They can also be situated on top of, or suspended from, a
grandstand roof.
The principal determining factors when deciding the best position for the screens are:
– to provide optimal viewing for all spectators;
– eliminate or to lessen capacity reduction caused by seat loss;
to
– be placed in a location where the screens do not represent any risk to spectators
to
and where there is no possibility of spectator interference with them.
120 Football StadiUMS

121. Although there are some controls by football and stadium authorities on the extent
of instant replays of the events during a match, there is a strong public demand for
as many replays as possible. This is a primary reason why any stadium which aspires
to be classed as a modern, upmarket venue must equip itself with the latest and
most sophisticated means of electronic video communication with the public. The
design of electronic communication systems is changing rapidly and so is the cost.
Larger and clearer video screens, individual armrest monitors and personal handheld
television/video screens are some of the new products that should be considered in
the years ahead.
Portions of the scoreboards and video screens can be used for displaying messages
during emergencies and should be connected to electrical systems with a three-hour
standby power supply in the event of a normal power outage. The aspect ratio of
16:9 for the video area of the screen is recommended, which may be extended
if scoring and substitution details are also to be inserted around the main video
content, as required for the FIFA World Cup™.
Football StadiUMS 121

122. 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
Spectators 6.2 Spectator areas 118
6.3 Communication with the public 119
6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
Large LED screens nowadays typically offer a standard definition resolution (576 x
720 pixels). The control room equipment should nevertheless be built in the HD-SDI
standard (1,080 x 1,920 pixels), compatible with OB vans and other broadcast-spec
equipment, in order to use the produced high-definition signal.
The control room should be located in a position that allows both screens to be
seen directly. A co-location with PA control, stadium announcer, satellite reception
and conversion equipment, and the CATV / IPTV head-end keeps the necessary
cabling between these technical installations at a minimum and allows better
communications between the operators. One spare desk (2m) offers space for
temporary equipment and personnel in case of special events production.
Pre-cabling of single-mode fibre-optic lines, as well as some video and audio lines
between the broadcast compound and the giant screen control room, should be
installed for easy cross-connection.
For pre-match entertainment, a small production unit (three cameras, one of them
remote controlled, two with operators) adds the functionality to create a basic live
programme without the need of having an OB van on site. Pre-cabling of these
cameras to different locations (pitch, press conference room, VIP interview position,
etc.) enhances the versatility further.
The equipment recommendations are as follows:
HD-SDI vision mixer, minimum of eight inputs, ideally with integrated multi-view
–
monitoring
–
video server to play out pre-produced content
–
HD-VTR in the format commonly used by local broadcasters
–
audio mixer, offering a minimum of 20 inputs for CD players, OB van audio,
microphones, etc.
6.4 p Spectators with disabilities
Proper provision should be made at all stadiums to accommodate spectators
with disabilities in safety and comfort. This should include the provision of good,
unobstructed viewing facilities and ramps for wheelchairs, toilet facilities and
support services.
The quality of seating positions and ticket options should be varied to allow disabled
people the same opportunities as non-disabled spectators. It should be possible for
wheelchair-users to gain entry to the stadium at all the entrances – including the
VIP, VVIP, media, broadcasting and player facilities – and to their viewing positions,
without undue inconvenience either to themselves or to other spectators.
122 Football StadiUMS

123. q = 1.5m
Diagram 6d:
b = 1.4m
Dimensions of viewing area
d q = 1.5m
q
for wheelchair users
d = 0.9m
q = 1.5m= 1.4m
b
d b = 1.4m
q = 1.5m d = 0.9m
q b
q
d
b = 1.40m Sight line
d = 0.9m
b d = 0.9m
Sight line
b
Sight line
b d
b d
b d
q = 1.5m
b = 1.4m
q = 1.5m q = 1.5m
d
q d = 0.9m
b = 1.40m b = 1.4m
d = 0.9m q = 1.5m
d = 0.9m
b q = 1.5m= 1.4m
b
Sight line
b = 1.4m= 0.9m
Sight line
d
d = 0.9m
d
q Sight line
Sight line
d b d
q b
d b d
q
b
b d
b
b d
Disabled spectators should have their own dedicated entrance gate from which they q = 1.5m
may have direct wheelchair access to their viewing area. Disabled spectators should b = 1.4m
not be accommodated in any position within the stadium where their inability to
d = 0.9m
move quickly would present a hazard to themselves or to other spectators in the
event of an emergency.
Sight line
Disabled people should be protected from the elements. The traditional custom of
d
q
providing space in the open, close to the pitch, is not acceptable.
b
b d
Football StadiUMS 123

124. 6.1 General standards of comfort 108
Spectators 6.2 Spectator areas 118
6.3 Communication with the public 119
6.4 Spectators with disabilities 122
6.5 Merchandise concession stands 125
6.6 Ticketing and electronic access control 125
The viewing platform for spectators who use wheelchairs should not be in a
position where the occupants’ view of the playing field could be obstructed by other
spectators jumping to their feet or by flags or banners hanging in front of them.
Similarly, the position of disabled spectators should not hinder the view of spectators
seated behind them.
On these platforms there should be a seat at the side of each wheelchair position
for a helper and electrical power available for assistance equipment. Ablutions for
disabled people should be close by and easily accessible, as should refreshment
facilities.
A specialist accessibility consultant should be consulted to determine the designs
of the stadium to ensure that they comply with internationally accepted standards.
It is suggested that a figure between 0.5 per cent and 1.0 per cent of all spectator
seats should be allocated for disabled seating. For example, the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA) applies to public assembly areas, whereas a venue with 500
seats or less requires a maximum of six seats for people with disabilities. One seat
per person is required thereafter for every 100 additional seats that are added.
Therefore, 10,000 extra seats would require 100 seats for people with disabilities.
This amounts to a seating requirement of one per cent of the total seating capacity
for people with disabilities.
Requirements for visually impaired and blind spectators
The same safety and comfort provisions should be available to visually impaired and
blind spectators as to disabled people. In particular, easy access and exit ways, toilet
facilities and support services should be provided.
Seating positions for visually impaired and blind spectators should be located on
the same side of the stadium as the commentators, i.e. in the main stand. This
ensures that commentators and visually impaired and blind spectators have the
same understanding of the action on the pitch and facilitates the audio description
of the match.
As many of the visually impaired and blind spectators group still have limited sight,
they should be seated in the lower part of the stadium and preferably close to the
pitch.
124 Football StadiUMS

125. 6.5 p Merchandise concession stands
Merchandise stands should be placed in a way that will attract spectators without
causing congestion in the stadium concourses. They should be accessible for
everybody, even at a high-risk match where the sectors are divided.
Walls and fascias should be exposed so that the concession operator can properly
display the items for sale and customers can see the items from a distance and be
able to make their choice in advance. Pricing information should be visible from
a distance. Credit card acceptance is essential, and power for lighting and other
infrastructure is necessary.
6.6 p Ticketing and electronic access control
The primary purpose of ticketing and access control systems is the safety and security
of spectators. The ticketing plan also has to be designed to eliminate the possibility
of fraud and corruption and to reduce attempts at forgery. It must be commercially
viable and serve as a means of driving revenue.
It must be supported by a ticketing management plan, which includes the following:
– support validation
– reliability
– personalisation
– segregation
– failsafe system
a
– capability of multi-stage emergency management plan with a fall-back solution
– compatibility and integration with the access control system (turnstiles)
Football StadiUMS 125

126. Spectators
Spectators
Transport
It is vitally important that there is adequate planning of public transport infrastructure
when planning for the hosting of the FIFA World Cup™. Ideally, the stadium precinct
is to include a combination of train station, bus terminus, taxi terminus and airport
shuttles. These hubs reduce the need for huge parking requirements and allow for
smoother movement of all stakeholders during the FIFA World Cup™.
Video screens
FIFA requires a minimum of 2 video screens/boards in proportion to the stadium
capacity. The overall screen size will be a function of the stadium capacity and the
stadium design together with the resulting space availability. As a guide, FIFA would
recommend that stadiums with a capacity of over 50,000 seats provide two giant
screens of 70m² each.
Viewing angle
For LED screens, the quoted viewing angle determines the maximum viewing angle
deviation from the centre line that the human eye can resolve the image displayed
on a screen.
FIFA recommends that the minimum quoted viewing angle for giant LED screens are
as follows:
Horizontal -60°/+60° (120°) Vertical -30°/+30°
The quoted viewing angle should be compared to the proposed screen location to
determine stadium viewing coverage.
Designers are to refer to the specific FIFA World Cup™ Technical Annex for
the requirements
Merchandising and food/beverage concessions
Because of the additional spectator demands during the FIFA World Cup™, mobile
merchandising and food and beverage stations are required. These have to be
branded in accordance with the Partners’ and Sponsors’ rights requirements and
of a size and scale appropriate for easy location and so as not to obstruct the flow
of spectators. Merchandising stands should be provided with their own storage
facilities. For FIFA World Cup™ events, storage inside and outside in containers is
necessary.
Spectators with disabilities should have dedicated food and beverage stands or
special service.
126 Football StadiUMS

127. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
Ticketing
In order to ease congestion and the resolution of ticketing disputes, it is
recommended that the stadium is provided with Ticket Clearing Points (TCPs) close
to the turnstiles. It is also recommended that there are ticket checks at the temporary
security screening points.
For the FIFA World Cup™, an event-wide, integrated system should be procured, as
opposed to an individual stadium solution.
The ticketing service provider should be centrally procured early in the event planning
and should be part of the development of the ticketing plan. The successful ticket
service provider should have previous ticketing experience, should have participated
in similar successful events or projects, must have full access to the necessary
technologies and must have the financial solidity to undertake the project.
There are numerous systems available. FIFA encourages an open network IP system,
examples of which are:
– smart-label ticket with radio frequency identification (RFID) technology, and
a
with a single simple storage chip (the system used for the 2006 FIFA World Cup™
finals in Germany)
– wireless handheld reader with barcode technology
a
– manual printed system, over-the-counter sale of tickets, sequentially numbered,
a
dated with seat assignment and with tear-off stub
Spectator services
Spectator services staff and volunteers are essential to guide patrons to and from
the stadium. Dedicated locations, in well-lit and easily identified areas, are required
to provide spectator information and guidance. The huge number of spectators that
approach and leave a stadium before and after a FIFA World Cup™ match is bound
to result in some children or accompanied people being lost in the crowd. Adequate
signage and the provision of a ”Lost Persons” report room that is linked to the
stadium PA system should be provided. The room should be a minimum of 15m².
It is important to publicise widely through all possible means a list of restricted items
that will not be allowed into a stadium. It is recommended that a temporary storage
container close to the security search area is provided only for items deemed to have
value by the security authorities. This does not preclude the immediate disposal of
items deemed to be of potential danger to fellow spectators, or attempts at ambush
marketing or illegal substances of any nature.
Spectator seating
Standing viewing areas and benches of any kind are not acceptable under any
circumstances for the FIFA World Cup™.
Football StadiUMS 127

128. Hospitality
128 Football StadiUMS

129. Providing high-quality hospitality for special guests
and commercial partners has become one of the
most important aspects of event management and
is an increasingly important component of a football
stadium’s funding.
Football StadiUMS 129

130. 7.1 Corporate hospitality facilities 130
Hospitality 7.2 Hospitality requirements: guiding principles 131
7.3 FIFA programme requirements 132
7.4 VVIP areas and VIP areas 134
7.5 Commercial hospitality rights 139
7.6 Special conditions 139
7.1 p Corporate hospitality facilities
To cater for corporate hospitality, it is now common practice around the world to
include banqueting suites capable of catering for hundreds, or even thousands of
people, together with a mixture of viewing lodges, boxes and suites, each of which
may hold 10 to 20 people. Guests in these areas can have refreshments and a
meal before the event and then watch the proceedings from within their private
entertainment area or, if preferred, from their adjacent restricted-access seating.
Such facilities are normally purchased by commercial companies for the purpose
of entertaining clients and are normally rented, leased or licensed on an annual or
multi-year basis. Some may be sold for individual matches.
Many of the stadium’s most prestigious or best-located hospitality facilities are Many stadiums operate
reserved or designated for the stadium’s or home team’s corporate sponsors. Many multi-tier purchase systems
stadiums operate multi-tier purchase systems of hospitality or exclusive facilities. of hospitality or exclusive
The top tier often includes private car parking, an exclusive entrance, five-star facilities.
private dining and viewing facilities in centrally situated areas with a private bar,
refrigerator, television and sanitary facilities. The basic concept is to provide the best
possible hospitality and viewing experience in order that that the hosts may suitably
entertain and impress their guests.
Other tiers include fewer benefits for a proportionate reduction in cost. These The level of opulence of VIP
customers might not have a private entertainment area but could have access to a facilities will vary greatly
club or lounge area or have a reserved table in a private dining room. The number of from country to country.
such facilities – and their level of opulence – varies greatly from stadium to stadium
and from country to country. Much will depend upon local economic conditions
and the demand for these facilities has to be researched carefully before investing
in them.
The pre-sale of private hospitality areas and reserved seats can be an important
component in a stadium’s funding. The contractual agreements between the
stadium and the user of such exclusive hospitality facilities (e.g. suites, lodges,
boxes, club seats, etc.) should ensure that if the stadium is used by a third-party
organisation for a major international sports event such as the FIFA World Cup™,
these exclusive areas are available to the third-party organisation without any
obligation to its normal user.
A stadium that includes areas such as function suites for weddings, dances and
dinners, meeting rooms for smaller groups and a public restaurant, should earn
income on a regular basis additional to the income from the facility’s core purpose
of staging football matches.
130 Football StadiUMS

131. 7.2 p Hospitality requirements: guiding principles
A major component of FIFA’s space requirements is the accommodation of the
hospitality facilities required to support the hosting of guests of the partners,
sponsors and suppliers of FIFA as well as the FIFA family. These space requirements
will form part of any football stadium design but the specific requirements will peak
during the hosting of the FIFA World Cup™.
The space demands placed on stadiums during a major event like the FIFA World
Cup™ are far greater than the demands a stadium is ever likely to face in its normal
event business. For this reason, FIFA recommends that the majority of its FIFA
World Cup™ space requirements are provided for in temporary facilities within the
perimeter of the stadium, or in areas under the tribunes that are not used during the
hosting of the World Cup, for those areas not requiring a view of the field of play.
To understand the complete space requirements for the provision of hospitality For other pre-construction
facilities, it would be prudent to use the FIFA World Cup™ as the basis of establishing decisions, see Chapter 1.
the norms. A stadium that is newly constructed will then be planned in a proper
manner to satisfy the space requirements in the event of the venue being used to
host a major international football match or tournament.
Football StadiUMS 131

132. 7.1 Corporate hospitality facilities 130
Hospitality 7.2 Hospitality requirements: guiding principles 131
7.3 FIFA programme requirements 132
7.4 VVIP areas and VIP areas 134
7.5 Commercial hospitality rights 139
7.6 Special conditions 139
7.3 p FIFA programme requirements
It is likely that FIFA will operate a three-tier programme, consisting of (i) a commercial
hospitality programme, which will be sold to corporations and members of the public
in a way that will not grant the hospitality clients any right to associate themselves
or their products with the event; (ii) a hospitality programme in which benefits may
be sold at cost to FIFA Partners, FIFA World Cup Sponsors, National Supporters and
Broadcast Partners; and (iii) a VIP hospitality programme, catering for officials and
members of the FIFA delegation and the LOC.
The precise details and structure of FIFA’s hospitality programme will be developed
in partnership with the LOC, but, in order to secure the hospitality rights, each
stadium must satisfy a number of requirements. Each stadium owner and / or the
LOC must:
– deliver the stadium entirely free of any prior rights of existing rights holders,
such as the rights of stadium owners, the local football club, shareholders or
debenture holders, commercial agents, sponsors, catering companies and
customary hospitality clients / box holders;
– provide, free of charge to FIFA, access and usage rights in respect of all potential
hospitality facilities, including restaurants, skyboxes, lounges and catering
facilities;
– provide FIFA with sufficient space within the stadium premises for parking, delivery
of materials, guest drop-off, temporary infrastructure (including infrastructure
assembly), ground preparation and post-event clean-up services, fencing, storage
facilities, security and access control;
– provide access at each hospitality facility within the stadium to primary networks
for water, electricity and communications (including telephone, broadband
internet and television);
– provide a reception room and dedicated catering services in the Tribune of
Honour for FIFA and LOC VIPs.
The marketing affiliates of the FIFA World Cup™ are granted certain hospitality
rights. While the hospitality rights conferred on the marketing affiliates are subject
to modifications and to final contract negotiations, the LOC should ensure that, in
order for FIFA to comply with its contractual obligations to its marketing affiliates,
the following hospitality inventory is provided at each stadium:
Skyboxes
Skyboxes are a key component of the FIFA marketing affiliates’ hospitality rights.
The LOC must ensure through the stadium agreements that FIFA has the unfettered
right to select the skyboxes it requires to fulfil its contractual obligations. In addition,
the LOC must ensure that none of the existing skyboxes can be used for other
purposes without FIFA approval.
132 Football StadiUMS

133. Business seats
Business seats are generally defined as being more comfortable / spacious seats
(usually cushioned armchairs) allocated in the best position in main and / or facing
stands. All such business seats must be allocated to the hospitality project for the
purposes of the Tribune of Honour and / or for the general hospitality programme.
Hospitality seats
Hospitality seats are those stadium seats allocated for the commercial hospitality
programme or the commercial affiliate hospitality programme and which are in
the sector designated by FIFA as containing the best first-category seats (after the
Tribune of Honour seats used for dignitaries) for each match.
Commercial hospitality packages will include: a match ticket and the right to
sit in a hospitality seat to view the match; catering services; entertainment; the
use of hospitality infrastructure (such as cloakrooms, welcome desks, lounges,
reception areas and dining areas); parking and transportation services; match
programmes, commemorative gifts; and other related services and / or products
such as accommodation, transport or tourism. The exact nature of the services
provided as part of the commercial hospitality package and the location of the
delivery will depend upon the location and nature of the stadiums.
In order to have access to the best commercially available seating locations, each
commercial affiliate will receive a certain number of complimentary hospitality seats
for each of the matches.
Hospitality village
The FIFA World Cup™ marketing affiliates hospitality programme aims to provide
marketing affiliates with the opportunity to offer their guests personalised treatment
of the highest quality during the event in an atmosphere emphasising sophistication
and a passion for football. The hospitality village enables these groups to complete
their own integrated marketing and hospitality programmes.
At each venue, a hospitality village for marketing affiliates will be created as an
exclusive and secure area in which marketing affiliates, using tickets from their own
allocation, can conduct on-site hospitality activities tailored to their needs while
maintaining an excellent service at a reasonable cost. The hospitality village will
offer FIFA Partners, FIFA World Cup Sponsors, National Supporters and Broadcast
Partners a choice between their own private units and common hospitality in the
official club. The hospitality village will be located either within the stadium, inside
existing facilities, or outside the stadium premises in marquee tent structures.
Football StadiUMS 133

134. 7.1 Corporate hospitality facilities 130
Hospitality 7.2 Hospitality requirements: guiding principles 131
7.3 FIFA programme requirements 132
7.4 VVIP areas and VIP areas 134
7.5 Commercial hospitality rights 139
7.6 Special conditions 139
7.4 p VVIP and VIP areas
Every stadium that aspires to host a major football event has to provide for VVIP and
VIP guests. These areas are in the most prominent position of the main tribune and
with the most comfortable viewing and seating conditions. It is very important to
distinguish between the VVIP and VIP areas, as these require different security and
access requirements and conditions.
The VVIP area is closely guarded, monitored and protected from unauthorised
intrusion of any kind, even from those persons occupying the VIP seats and lounge.
The VIP area, whilst also having a level of security and protection, would not require
as stringent demands as those of the VVIP area. However, access by unauthorised
persons is strictly controlled and any cross-over with other groups (hospitality guests,
media, etc.) should be avoided.
Ideally, it would be prudent to separate the two areas onto different levels of the
stadium to avoid any possibility of cross-over with the groups.
VVIP area
Position
The VVIPs must be seated in the most prominent and comfortable viewing area
of the main stand. Ideally, this should be in the centre of the grandstand, in an
elevated position above the playing area, partitioned off from the public seating
areas. Access to the pitch, dressing rooms and media facilities needs to be available.
Access
The entrance should be the unmistakable “main entrance” to the stadium. The
VVIP access route should be designated high security and protected from any public
interference. Security vehicles should accompany the vehicles of the VVIPs and should
be driven under the main stand, directly to the vertical circulation drop-off area.
The VVIP area should have its own private entrance, separate from the VIP and
public entrance points, leading directly to the hospitality lounge and from there
directly to the viewing area. In a multi-tiered stadium, if required, there should be a
dedicated escalator(s) or elevator(s) between floors which should be connected to
both normal and emergency power. There should be alternative controlled access
across accredited zones.
134 Football StadiUMS

135. Diagram 7a:
VVIP / VIP flow diagram
Playing area
VVIP seats VIP seats
President VVIP hospitality VIP hospitality
lounges lounge lounge
Kitchens
Protocol offices
VVIP reception VIP medical room VIP reception
VIP interview
VVIP entry VIP entry
VVIP parking Security/driver room
Inner perimeter
VIP drop-off/
pick-up
VVIP precinct VIP precinct
entrance Outer perimeter entrance
Security
VIP parking
Football StadiUMS 135

136. 7.1 Corporate hospitality facilities 130
Hospitality 7.2 Hospitality requirements: guiding principles 131
7.3 FIFA programme requirements 132
7.4 VVIP areas and VIP areas 134
7.5 Commercial hospitality rights 139
7.6 Special conditions 139
Diagram 7b:
VIP seating area
1 President’s lounge
2 Sanitary facilities
1 President’s lounge
President’s
Spectator seats Spectator seats Spectator seats
3 VVIP2stair/lift
Sanitary facilities
Sanitary
Spectator Spectator
seats seats VIP stair/lift
VIP seats
Spectator seats
VIP seats
Spectator seats
VIP seats
Spectator seats
4 3 VVIP stair ift
/l
VVIP stair/lift
Spectator Spectator
seats
VIP seats VIP seats VVIP seats VIP seats VIP seats VIP seats seats 5 VVIP/VIP medical room
4 VIP stair ift
/l
VIP stair/lift
VIP seats VVIP seats VIP seats
6 VIP interview medical roomroom
5 VIP
VVIP/VIP medical
VVIP hospitality
lounge
VVIP/VIP entrance
6 VIP interview
VIP interview
VVIP hospitality
VIP hospitality VIP hospitality Dripline VVIP IP entrance
VVIP/VIP entrance
/V
1 lounge
1
lounge lounge
VIP hospitality
2 2 VIP hospitality
Dripline
Dripline
1 1
lounge lounge
2 2
2 3 4 2
VVIP/VIP reception
2 3 4 2
Protocol VVIP/VIP reception
office 5 6 Kitchen
Protocol
office 5 6 Kitchen
Male Female
Population total: 100% 50% 50%
Toilets 1 per 120 1 per 25 up to 250
1 per 30 if between 250-500
1 per 35 if more than 500
Urinals 1 per 50 n/a
1 per 50
Hand basins 1 per 80 if more than 500 1 per toilet up to 500
1 per 50 if more than 500
136 Football StadiUMS

137. Seats
Seats should be individually numbered and separated from the VIP seats by means
of a movable barrier or, ideally, should be on a level above the VIPs. The seating
area should be constantly staffed by security personnel. Seats should be of good
quality, well upholstered, with armrests, be covered by a roof and should provide
a perfect, unrestricted view of the playing area. Adequate legroom between the
rows is essential to enable the occupants to enter or leave without disturbing other
seated guests.
Capacity
The total number of seats should be determined by the event that is being hosted.
For the FIFA World Cup™ final, the requirement is 150 seats shared by FIFA and the
LOC for the final, and for all other matches, please refer to the space requirements
document.
Reception area
There should be a welcome area with a welcome desk to receive guests. This
reception area should provide enough space for any security requirements or ticket
checks.
Hospitality lounge
The hospitality lounge should ideally be at the back of the viewing area (VVIP
tribune). The number of seats required will depend on the scale of the event, which
will be calculated by the organisers and event management. With an event like the
FIFA World Cup™, there are different seating demands depending on the stage of
the competition for which the venue is to be used. The flexibility of operable walls
for partitioning is desirable.
President’s lounge
If possible, there should be an area in the VVIP lounge for the FIFA President and
one for the President / Chairman of the Local Organising Committee when the
stadium hosts the FIFA World Cup™ or any other major international events.
A private lounge of approximately 15m² should be provided for each in this regard.
Toilets and sanitary facilities
For the VVIP area, sanitary facilities should be separate from those of the VIP area.
Football StadiUMS 137

138. 7.1 Corporate hospitality facilities 130
Hospitality 7.2 Hospitality requirements: guiding principles 131
7.3 FIFA programme requirements 132
7.4 VVIP areas and VIP areas 134
7.5 Commercial hospitality rights 139
7.6 Special conditions 139
VIP area
Position
In the centre of the grandstand in which the players’ dressing rooms are situated, in
an elevated position above the playing area, partitioned off from the public seating
areas. The VIP tribune should always be located in the main stand and be accessible
from the dressing rooms, media facilities and administrative offices.
Access
The entrance should be the unmistakeable “main entrance” to the stadium. The VIP
area should have its own private entrance from outside, separate from the public
entrance points, leading directly to the hospitality lounge and from there directly to
the viewing area. In a multi-tier stadium, if required, there should be an elevator(s)
and/or escalator(s) between floors which should be connected to both normal and
emergency power. There should be alternative controlled access across accredited
zones. People who need to go to the dressing room area (e.g. delegates, observers,
etc.) must have direct and secured access from the VIP box to the dressing rooms.
Security vehicles should accompany the VIP.
Capacity
The requirements will differ from competition to competition but a modern stadium
should provide VIP area seating for at least 300 people, with the possibility of
increasing this number considerably for major events. For the FIFA World Cup™,
there should be 1,350 seats for the opening match and the final.
Seats
Seats should be individually numbered and of good quality. They should be well A modern stadium should
upholstered, with armrests, be covered by a roof and should provide a perfect, provide VIP area seating
unrestricted view of the playing area. Adequate legroom between the rows is for at least 300 people.
essential to enable the occupants to enter or leave without disturbing other seated
guests.
Reception area
There should be a welcome area with a welcome desk to receive VIP guests. This
reception area should provide enough space for any security requirements or ticket
checks.
Hospitality lounge
The hospitality lounge for the VIPs should ideally be at the back of the viewing
area (VIP tribune). The number of seats required will depend on the scale of the
event, which will be calculated by the organisers and event management. With an
event like the FIFA World Cup™, there are different seating demands depending
on the stage of the competition for which the venue is to be used. The flexibility of
operable walls for partitioning is desirable.
138 Football StadiUMS

139. 7.5 p Commercial hospitality rights
The FIFA World Cup™ commercial hospitality programme will be granted to a
special category of ticketholder who would benefit from exclusive services of the
highest quality (e.g. welcome, catering, gifts and entertainment). Depending on the
facilities available at or near a stadium, this hospitality programme will be conducted
either inside the stadium, in specific rooms or spaces, or outside under temporary
structures.
The overall space requirements must be able to accommodate all of the facilities,
and the catering, technical, entertainment and public areas located within the LOC-
controlled site of a stadium. The areas should be within 150 metres of the stadium
seating area, with access to bulk infrastructure services (water, electricity, gas, etc.)
and parking.
Existing structures either inside the stadium, such as reception rooms and restaurants,
or adjacent to the stadium, such as sports centres and conference halls, could be
used to minimise on-site construction and related costs. Existing storage areas and
kitchens are also requested. All skyboxes and their support areas (such as kitchen
and storage areas) are part of the hospitality space requirements.
7.6 p Special conditions
The proposed locations for temporary hospitality structures must satisfy the
following requirements:
Feasibility
Temporary constructions must be erected if applicable permits and authorisation
can be obtained.
Availability
All areas should be available to the LOC and its nominees (including FIFA), and
should not be used by any other party leading up to, or during, the event.
Security
Hospitality areas will be inside the deemed security perimeter of the stadium. In For more information
addition to specific hospitality area security, the contracted stadium security will be on safety and security,
responsible for safeguarding guests and property. Covered fences must be erected see Chapter 2.
by the LOC around these areas.
Football StadiUMS 139

140. 7.1 Corporate hospitality facilities 130
Hospitality 7.2 Hospitality requirements: guiding principles 131
7.3 FIFA programme requirements 132
7.4 VVIP areas and VIP areas 134
7.5 Commercial hospitality rights 139
7.6 Special conditions 139
Diagram 7c:
Playing area Hospitality flow diagram
Hospitality seats Hospitality seats Hospitality seats
Catering Catering
Hospitality Hospitality
suites/skyboxes business lounge
Hospitality stadium entry turnstiles
Inner perimeter
Hospitality
village
Catering
Hospitality village
entrance
Hospitality
precinct entrance
Outer perimeter
Security
Mag and bag
Hospitality
parking
140 Football StadiUMS

141. Access
Access to the hospitality areas must be free for the organisers and vendors and
must not be subject to other requests for authorisation or access fees. Sufficient
parking space for service personnel must also be available, which should be as close
as possible during the build-out and during the event.
Location
In order to avoid the additional costs of shuttle services, hospitality areas should be
no further than 300 metres from the stadium.
Surface areas
FIFA VVIP IP lounges
/V
If used for the FIFA World Cup™, the FIFA VVIP / VIP lounges must be big enough to
accommodate the required number of guests as stipulated in the FIFA World Cup™
space requirements document. The minimum space requirement is 1m2 per guest .
Commercial affiliate hospitality village
Total surface: 5 to 5.6m2 per guest
Per venue, for venue where:
The opening ceremony will take place 20,000m2
The final will take place 35,000m2
The biggest match will be a semi-final 20,000m2
The biggest match will be a quarter-final 10,000m2
The biggest match will be a round of 16 match 8,000m2
The biggest match will be a group match / home team 15,000m2
The biggest match will be a group match 8,000m2
Commercial hospitality village
Total surface: 4.6m2 per guest
Per venue, for venue where:
The opening ceremony will take place 27,000m2
The final will take place 50,000m2
The biggest match will be a semi-final 20,000m2
The biggest match will be a quarter-final 10,000m2
The biggest match will be a round of 16 match 9,000m2
The biggest match will be a group match/home team 20,000m2
The biggest match will be a group match 5,000m2
These figures will have to be reviewed in accordance with the hospitality concept,
which is developed on the basis of the facilities of the venues selected.
Football StadiUMS 141

142. 7.1 Corporate hospitality facilities 130
Hospitality 7.2 Hospitality requirements: guiding principles 131
7.3 FIFA programme requirements 132
7.4 VVIP areas and VIP areas 134
7.5 Commercial hospitality rights 139
7.6 Special conditions 139
Power supply
All hospitality areas need power for lighting, kitchens and storage areas, air For more information on
conditioning, service / cleaning equipment, TV / audio / multimedia systems and power supply, see Chapter 9.
entertainment. This power can be supplied either by an existing network or by
generators. There must be at least one main supply source per area. This and the
distribution network must be customised per venue. Precise power requirements
will be developed once the hospitality areas are identified and their location fixed.
Water and drainage
Water and appropriate drainage is needed in all hospitality areas, mainly for the
kitchens and for the sanitary facilities.
Telecommunications
All hospitality areas will require access to telecom land lines in order to operate
telephone, fax and internet services.
Facilities’ ground space preparation
In the venues where the hospitality programmes use temporary structures, the site
itself, as well as the access areas used by the guests, will need to be prepared
(levelling, drainage and protection) before beginning construction.
Toilets and sanitary facilities
All temporary hospitality structures should be equipped with sanitary facilities. They
must be of a high standard and equipped with an easy-to-clean system. They should
be installed close to each welcome area for the prestige area and in easy-to-access,
central areas for the hospitality village. The installation must take into account the
fact that trucks need to have close access in order to carry out cleaning. There
should be one toilet for every 100 people. A cleaning contract must be signed with
the toilet supplier.
Lighting
Lighting has to be installed everywhere, externally and internally, as all hospitality
areas are covered. The ratio to be used is 80-150W per 10m2. This will have to be
adjusted to fit the different internal configurations.
TV/audio system
All hospitality areas should be equipped with audio and video equipment and
networks. The number of television sets required is: 1 in each private area; 1 per 50
guests in the commercial affiliate hospitality village areas; 1 per 100 guests in the
prestige areas; 1 per skybox.
142 Football StadiUMS

143. Temporary structures
High-quality structures, such as those usually found at major international events
throughout the world, must be used.
Plans
The selected supplier will establish the plans in response to the needs formulated
by FIFA.
Building permits
The LOC will be in charge of obtaining all permits required for installing and operating
temporary structures.
Air conditioning / heating
Air conditioning or heating will be required in all hospitality areas. The requested
power is 0.2kW.
Parking and drop-off
Dedicated drop-off is required with a direct access route to the VVIP lounge by
dedicated lifts, escalators and stairs. VVIPs will be dropped off at this point and
parking must be available in close proximity. Additional parking for police escorts
is to be considered in the overall allocation. The surface has to be firm, graded and
level.
Ideally, access to and from the parking area for VIPs should be constructed out
of concrete, asphalt or similar material for a level and stable route in all weather
conditions.
Football StadiUMS 143

144. Hospitality
Hospitality
Whilst the chapter has dealt with hospitality by using the examples from the
FIFA World Cup™ as the guide, it is still prudent to identify some specific
recommendations and requirements for the FIFA World Cup™. These are as follows:
– Eight per cent of the total seats are to be used for hospitality in the case of the
opening game, semi-finals and final, and a minimum of five per cent of total
seats for all remaining matches.
– per cent of the above calculation should be included in skyboxes. Sizes of
30
kitchen and storage requirements should be stated.
– There should be a dedicated stair and elevator for the skybox guests.
– All temporary hospitality areas are to be made available three months prior to the
exclusive use period.
– Entrances into the stadium for the VVIPs and the VIPs should be separated, and
special consideration should be given for ticket validation and security checks in
this described area.
– Seating flexibility should be applied to the VIP area by expanding and contracting
the space allocation but still maintaining the required level of security.
– There should be dedicated stair(s) and elevator(s) / escalator(s) for the VVIPs.
– Walkways from the seats to the lounges for both VVIPs and VIPs should be
dedicated.
– VVIP and VIP areas should ideally be stacked above each other.
– The VVIP / VIP seat allocations in a stadium that host both group and final matches
should expand and contract as the need demands while maintaining separation
from general spectators.
144 Football StadiUMS

145. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
– The entrance to the stadium in the main stand should take into consideration the
various constituent groups using the stadium, such as media, VVIPs, VIPs and the
players.
– There must be a separation between VVIPs/VIPs, players, match officials and
media from the spectator access areas. This can be achieved by grade separation
or dedicated routes (without cross-over), from the parking areas to and from the
stadium.
– The mixed zone creates various planning challenges that should be solved at the
design stage by consideration of all stakeholders using the space, such as the
media, VVIPs, VIPs and the players. The separation must be planned to prevent
any cross-over challenges.
– All pedestrian walkways to and from drop-off areas or the hospitality villages
must be of firm material (e.g. concrete or asphalt) to enable guests to move in
comfort.
– Adequate wheelchair position based on one per cent of all hospitality seats
should be provided to disabled people and their companions. This calculation
should also apply to VVIP and VIP seats.
– Special care needs to be considered to the comfort levels for the VVIP/VIP in
extreme weather conditions.
– The VVIP and VIP areas require dedicated parking, toilets and sanitary facilities,
seating for people with disabilities, catering and medical services.
Football StadiUMS 145

146. Media
146 Football StadiUMS

147. Stadiums should be designed to allow state-
of-the-art facilities to bring the highest-quality
media coverage of football into the homes of
millions of people around the world.
Football StadiUMS 147

148. 8.1 Accreditation office 148
Media 8.2 Media tribune and commentary positions 148
8.3 Stadium media centre 151
8.4 Press conference room, mixed zone and flash interview positions 152
8.5 Facilities for photographers 158
8.6 Television infrastructure 158
8.7 Studios 161
8.8 Broadcast compound 161
8.1 p Accreditation office
Provision should be made for accreditation procedures. This can be a relatively small
area or even a desk at the media entrance to the stadium, provided that it does not
constitute an obstruction if queues were to form.
8.2 p Media tribune and commentary positions
The media tribune
The media tribune must be in a central position in the main grandstand where
the media facilities are situated. It should be centrally located on the halfway line,
in a position that provides an unobstructed view of the field of play, without the
possibility of interference from spectators. Ideally, the media tribune should not
extend beyond the 16m line towards the goals. All working places in the media
tribune should be covered. Media representatives should be allocated places with an
excellent view of the entire playing area.
There should be easy access to and from other media areas such as the media centre,
the mixed zone and the press conference room. The permanent press seats should
be equipped with desks large enough to accommodate a laptop computer and a
notebook. There should be a power supply and telephone and data connections at
each desk.
In those stadiums which will host major football matches and other major events, the
media tribune should be designed in such a way that its capacity can be significantly
increased on such occasions. If the demand is great, normal spectator seats will
have to be changed into seats for the press and television reporters. A line of desks
may have to be built over a row of seats; thus every second row is used for seating.
Seating for the media should be located near the main media working area.
It is not essential for all additional seats to be provided with desks. As a guideline, at
least half of the positions should be provided with desks.
Television monitors are an essential means of assistance and some should be
installed. One monitor per eight seats is a minimum. One monitor per four seats
is adequate. Sufficient power connections should be provided for this and other
purposes.
The possibility of installing the latest digital technology lines (cabled Ethernet LAN) For more on
should be included in the construction plans for new stadiums. Designers should pre-constructions decisions,
support a cabled solution, which is found to be the most reliable. see Chapter 1.
148 Football StadiUMS

149. Diagram 8a:
VIP and media tribune
Media
Media
VIP/VVIP
VIP/VVIP
Media
Spectators
Spectator
VIP/VVIP
Spectator
Football StadiUMS 149

150. 8.1 Accreditation office 148
Media 8.2 Media tribune and commentary positions 148
8.3 Stadium media centre 151
8.4 Press conference room, mixed zone and flash interview positions 152
8.5 Facilities for photographers 158
8.6 Television infrastructure 158
8.7 Studios 161
8.8 Broadcast compound 161
A stadium should have
Diagram 8b:
at least five television
Media tribune
commentary positions and
five radio commentary
Main camera platform
Main camera platform
positions.
Photographers
Photographers
Observer
Observer
Main camera platform
Press positions without
Photographers without desk
Written press
Press positions with desk
Observer press with desk
Written
Commentary position
Commentary position
Written press without desk
Written press with desk
Commentary position
Television and radio commentary positions
At least five television commentary positions and five radio commentary positions A stadium should have
should be provided on a permanent basis. The commentary positions should be at least five television
in a central position in the main grandstand on the same side as the main camera commentary positions and
positions – under cover rather than indoors. They should include a flat surface for five radio commentary
positions.
writing and should be well lit. A television monitor for each position should be built
into the desk in a slanting position so as not to obscure the view of the pitch for the
commentary team.
Commentary positions should be separated from spectators by Plexiglas or other
suitable means for the purpose of acoustic separation. A telephone and data
connections for voice and internet services should be installed in each commentary
position. Two four-power-outlet plugs should be provided at each position.
150 Football StadiUMS

151. Requirements will increase dramatically for major matches. For example, for the
final of a major international club competition, provision should be made for the
installation of 50-90 commentary positions. In order to create one commentary
position, seats may need to be sacrificed, depending on the design. This is due to the
construction of a commentary position having a desk and monitors with relevant IT
and T connectivity. Each position will be occupied by up to three people. The media
working room and press conference room should be within close proximity.
Allowance should be made for the fact that media facilities vary greatly according
to the type of event. A few dozen desks for a national championship match will
suffice, depending on the club and the media coverage available in the region, but
the working space requirements will multiply in the case of international matches.
The working area for the media representatives should be under cover and located
on the main stand.
Requirements for commentary positions for
TV and media personnel with disabilities
A minimum of two commentary seats with desks should be available for
commentators with disabilities. Other technical requirements, mainly mobile
equipment, may be needed.
8.3 p Stadium media centre
The capacity of the stadium media centre (SMC) should be based on the capacity
of the media tribune. For example, for a match with 600 tribune press places, there
should be space for around 200 working spaces in the SMC. Of the 600, around
150 would typically stay and work in the tribune, around 150 would go to the
mixed zone and around 100 would leave to go home or to their own editing office.
This would leave 200 to work in the SMC. For a stadium with a media tribune of
200, around 80 places would be needed in the SMC. Toilet facilities should be
provided for both sexes.
As a guide, 25 per cent of the total number of positions in the media tribune should
be provided as working spaces in the SMC. This number does not include all visiting
media and support staff in the SMC.
The working room should be divided into two areas: an area where buffet-style
catering can be provided, and a working area with desks, power and telephone and
data connections for voice and internet services at each position. It might also be
advisable to provide an organisational office (for travel, transport, banking, etc.) at
major events.
Football StadiUMS 151

152. 8.1 Accreditation office 148
Media 8.2 Media tribune and commentary positions 148
8.3 Stadium media centre 151
8.4 Press conference room, mixed zone and flash interview positions 152
8.5 Facilities for photographers 158
8.6 Television infrastructure 158
8.7 Studios 161
8.8 Broadcast compound 161
The following spaces should be accommodated in the SMC:
– welcome desk
– IT and T desk
– press conference area, depending on the size of the facility
– camera repair service
– copy and fax service
– cafeteria
– pigeon holes
– host city information desk
– media working areas
– photographers’ working areas
– lockers
– two ticket distribution desks (one for photographers, one for print journalists)
– offices for media management
There should be sufficient space for ticket distribution, with adequate queuing
space. Queues should not obstruct the entrance.
As a source of standard information, touchscreen PCs should become customary
features in the future.
8.4 p Press conference room,
mixed zone and flash interview positions
Press conference room
The press conference room should have a minimum area of 200m2. It should provide
approximately 100 seats for the media and be equipped with an appropriate sound
system. It may also be used on occasions when there is no match.
At one end of the room, preferably at the end nearer to the access door from the
dressing rooms, a platform should be erected to accommodate coaches, players,
media officers and interpreters as required. A backdrop which can be easily adapted
with various designs should be installed.
At the other end of the room, facing the platform, a podium should be erected,
allowing at least ten television electronic news-gathering (ENG) crews to set up their
cameras and tripods. A centralised split box should be installed to avoid having a
huge number of microphones in front of coaches and players. A first-class sound
system, with automatic feedback cancellation, should be installed.
152 Football StadiUMS

153. 90m Diagram 8c:
Stadium media centre
23 24 23 24
90m 90m 90m
6 8 9 17 19 22
23 23 24 23 24 24
23 2324 23 24 24
11 19
6 6 8 6 8 8 17 17 17 19 2219 22
19 22 20 28
9 9 9
12
9
11 19 11 11
19 19 21 25m
15 20 2028 20 28 28 26
12 12 12
9 9 9
21 21 21 25m 26
25m 25m
26 26 26
15 15 15 14
45m 5m 2 5 18 25 26
26 26 26
3 14 14 14
2 4
45m 45m 5m
5m 5m 52 25 5 18 25 18 2625
18 25
26 26
3 3 3 1 16
7
4 4 4
10 20m
1 16 16 16
727 1 7 13 7
1
10 10 10 20m 20m 20m
17
27 27 27 13
13 13
17 17 17
1 Welcome desk 12 Host city information desk Sanitary services –
23
male
1 1
2 Transportation desk
Welcome Welcome desk
1Welcome deskdesk
desk
Welcome 12
13 Ticket distribution
Host Host city information desk desk
12 12 information desk desk
city Host information
Host city city information 23 Sanitary Sanitary services – –
Sanitary services – services
Sanitary
23 23facilities –
male malemale Sanitary services –
24
male
Transportation desk deskdeskdesk13
Information 13 Ticket Ticket Pigeon holes
3 14
2 2 Transportation desk
2Transportation
Transportation 13 distribution
Ticket distributiondistribution
Ticket distribution female
24 Sanitary Sanitary services – –
Sanitary services – services
Sanitary
24 24facilities –
Information desk IT office 14 Pigeon holes Working area – media
4 15
3 Information desk
Information deskdesk
Information PigeonPigeon holes
14 holes
Pigeon holes
female Editors’ office
3 3 14 25
female female
female
5
4IT ITIT office
IT4office office Working media area –
16 Working
office Telecom partner office Working area – area area – media
15 Working area – – media
Working media
Editors’Press agency offices
4 15 15 26
photographers
25 Editors’ office office
Editors’ office
25 25Editors’ office
5 5 Telecom ATM
6
Telecompartner office 16
Telecom partner office office
5Telecom partnerpartner office 16 Working area – –
Working area – area area –
16Working
Working 27 Rate card service desk
17 Lockers
26 Press agency Press agency offices
Press26Pressoffices offices
26 agencyagency
offices
photographers
photographers
photographers
photographers
ATM 6ATMATM Interpretation centre
7
ATM
card service service SMC
Offices
6 6 28
27 Rate card service desk service desk
Rate 27RateRate card desk
27 card desk
LockersIT storage
18
17 17 Lockers
Lockers
17Lockers
Interpretation centre centremachine
Vending
8
7Interpretation centre
Interpreting
Interpretation centre
SMC offices Offices Media entrance
7 7
28 OfficesOffices SMCSMC
28 28 SMC
18 ITIT storage Meeting room
19
18 18 storage
IT storage IT storage
Vending machine Camera repair
9
Vending machine
8Vending machine
Vending machine
Media Screen
8 8
Media entranceentrance
Media Media
entrance entrance
Meeting roomroom roomstorage
Meeting Media
20
19 19 Meeting room
19 Meeting
Camera repair room
10
Camera repair repair
9Camera Medical
Camera repair
Screen Power connection
9 9
Screen Screen
Screen
Media Media storage Media officer
FIFA
21
11 Cafeteria/lounge 20 20 MediaMedia storage
storage
20storage
10 10 10 Medical room
Medical room room
Medical
Medical room
Power connection connection
Power Power connection
connection
Power
FIFA Media officerarea
officer Copy
22
21 21 FIFA media officer
FIFA Media FIFA Media officer
21
11 11 11 Cafeteria/lounge
Cafeteria/lounge
Cafeteria/lounge
Cafeteria/lounge
22 CopyCopy area area
22 22 area Copy
Copy area
Football StadiUMS 153

154. 8.1 Accreditation office 148
Media 8.2 Media tribune and commentary positions 148
8.3 Stadium media centre 151
8.4 Press conference room, mixed zone and flash interview positions 152
8.5 Facilities for photographers 158
8.6 Television infrastructure 158
8.7 Studios 161
8.8 Broadcast compound 161
The press conference room should be easily accessible from the dressing room
area and should be constructed like a small theatre, with each row of seats slightly
elevated above the one in front. For major matches, three booths should be provided
for simultaneous interpreting.
Mixed zone
In a new stadium, a mixed zone should be provided. This is a large, clear space
between the players’ dressing rooms and the private exit door through which the
players must pass when leaving the stadium to their team buses. The purpose of the
mixed zone is to permit representatives of the media to talk to and interview the
players as they pass through. It is essential to have separate access for the media
and the players.
There should be room for approximately 250 media personnel (including cameramen
and technicians) and the area must be inaccessible to the public. The area should
either be permanently under cover or there should be facilities for covering this area
at major matches. For major matches, the mixed zone should be split into two parts:
one for written press / radio journalists, followed by adequate space for TV reporters.
The latter should be equipped with backdrops. The mixed zone area should be
adequately provided with power supply and lighting and should be sound-insulated
for TV broadcasters.
The space required will vary according to the importance of the match but it should
be at least 200m2. In order to ensure good working conditions, a journalist should
have 2.5m2 of space. The area could be used for other purposes on non-matchdays.
Flash interview position
At the top level in football, broadcasters are becoming increasingly demanding Broadcasters are increasingly
and require increasingly modern installations. One of these requirements is for asking for flash interview
the provision of flash interview positions which are used to transmit live interviews positions where players and
immediately after the match or interviews with coaches at the beginning or the end coaches can be interviewed
immediately after the match.
of the half-time interval. Such positions must be located between the dressing room
area and the playing field. The ideal location would be adjacent to the tunnel in the
technical area of the pitch or before the entrance to the tunnel from the players’
dressing room. Power and lighting, either permanent or temporary, is required in
these areas.
154 Football StadiUMS

155. Diagram 8d:
Press conference room
1 Head Head table
1 table table
Head
2 2 Camera platform –
CameraCamera platform –
platform –
10 x 1.510 0.6m 0.6m
10 x 1.5 x x 0.6m
x x 1.5
Solid backdrop backdrop
Solid
5 5 3 3 Camera platform –
CameraCamera platform –
platform –
1 1 10 x 1.510 0.3m 0.3m
10 x 1.5 x x 0.3m
x x 1.5
200 seats 200 seats
4 Interpreters’ boothbooth
4 Interpreters’ booth
Interpreters’
5 5 Press conference
Press conference
Press conference
RoutePlayers’ route
players players
Route
4 4
RouteMedia route
media media
Route
RouteBroadcasters’ route
Route broadcast
broadcast
3 3 PowerPower connection
Power connection
connection
2 2
Screen
Screen Screen
Partition 2m in 2m inin height
Partition heightheight
Partition 2m
MediaMedia entrance
Media entrance
entrance
1 Flash interview
Diagram 8e:
Mixed zone
2 Pre-mixed zone
1 1
3 Press/radio
Flash interview
1 Flash interview
4 TV Broadcast
Pre-mixed zone
2 Pre-mixed zone
1 1
5 Mixed Zone
Press / radio
2 2
3 Press/radio
Route players
TV broadcast
2m
4 TV Broadcast
Route media
Mixed zone
2m
5 Mixed Zone
2 2
Route broadcast
Players’ route
3 Route players
2m
Solid Power connection
Media route
backdrop
2m Route media
2m
5 4 Solid Screen
Broadcasters’ route
2m Route broadcast
3 backdrop
Partition connection
Power 1m in height
Solid 2m
Power connection
backdrop
Partition 2m in height
Screen
5 4 2m Solid Screen
backdrop
Partition 1m inin height
Partition 1m height
Partition 2m inin height
Partition 2m height
Football StadiUMS 155

156. 8.1 Accreditation office 148
Media 8.2 Media tribune and commentary positions 148
8.3 Stadium media centre 151
8.4 Press conference room, mixed zone and flash interview positions 152
8.5 Facilities for photographers 158
8.6 Television infrastructure 158
8.7 Studios 161
8.8 Broadcast compound 161
Diagram 8f:
Media areas
1 Players’ tunnel
2 1 Players’ tunnel
FlashPlayers’ tunnel
interview
3 2 Flash interview
Flash interview
Media access lobby
4 3 Media access tolobby
Media access lobby
Players drop off/pick up
1
Team Indoor Team A Team B Indoor Team
dressing warm-up dressing dressing warm-up dressing 4 Players’ drop-off/pick-up
Route broadcast off/pick up
Players drop
1
room Team area Indoor room Team A roomTeam B area Indoor room Team
dressing warm-up dressing
2 2
dressing warm-up dressing Broadcasters’ route
Route broadcast
Route media
room area room room area room
2 2 Media route
Doping Players’ Route media
Team access/exit
TV control medical room
Storage
studios Mixed zone
Doping Players’ VIP/VVIP access / exit
Team access
Team access/exit
TV Offices
control medical room
Storage
studios Mixed zone
Media entry access
VVIP / VIP access
VIP/VVIP
Offices
Media entry
Media entry
4 Press conference 3 VVIP/VIP Offices 4
room reception
4 Press conference 3 VVIP/VIP Offices 4
room reception
VVIP drop-off/
4
pick-up
VVIP drop-off/
4
pick-up
156 Football StadiUMS

157. Diagram 8g:
Playing area Media and broadcast
flow diagram
Flash interview Field access tunnel Field camera positions
VIP interview
Mixed
zone
Presentation studios
Media TV studios
tribune
CCR Press conference
room
Camera positions
Media
stadium entry
Inner perimeter
IT compound
Broadcast Stadium media
compound centre
Media precinct
entrance Outer perimeter
Security/mag and bag Accreditation
Media/broadcast
parking/drop-off
Football StadiUMS 157

158. 8.1 Accreditation office 148
Media 8.2 Media tribune and commentary positions 148
8.3 Stadium media centre 151
8.4 Press conference room, mixed zone and flash interview positions 152
8.5 Facilities for photographers 158
8.6 Television infrastructure 158
8.7 Studios 161
8.8 Broadcast compound 161
8.5 p Facilities for photographers
The first requirement is suitable parking and drop-off facilities for equipment. For more on orientation and
Photographers should be offered a pitch-level (or easy-access alternative) reception parking, see Chapter 3.
room, where they can report for accreditation and collect the bibs or other devices
which will give them access to the playing area. Large individual lockers must be set
up where photographers can leave their material. Sufficient power and telephone
and data connections for voice and data services must be provided on desks to meet
the demands of modern transmission technology. There should also be facilities for
refreshments (before the match and at half-time) to prevent photographers having
to use the media working room, as this is often located on an upper level. Toilet
facilities for both sexes should be provided.
Technological advances may require the provision of power and telephone and
data connections for voice and data services behind the photographers’ positions
on the pitch. The use of computers will also require the provision of some sort
of transparent cover to protect electrical equipment. This means that extra space,
approximately 1.5 metres, will be required behind the photographers’ positions.
8.6 p Television infrastructure
The following requirements reflect current standards in stadiums for the FIFA World
Cup™. However, exact capacities and quantities will be determined in each case by
the organising authorities, the media services and the broadcasting organisations.
In television in particular, flexibility is required in order to accommodate newly
developing technologies to maximise coverage.
Lighting requirements change according to technical developments, such as the For more on lighting,
introduction of high-definition television (HDTV). For a new stadium, it is advisable see Chapter 9.
to consult a leading television company or the appropriate continental television
consortium. For the FIFA World Cup™ refer to the FIFA Technical Annex.
Depending on the importance of the game, many installations (such as seats for
radio and television commentators) may be temporary. They will be erected for a
short time and then be dismantled. It is essential to provide easy access to and from
these areas and an adequate electricity supply.
158 Football StadiUMS

159. Multilateral coverage
All camera positions are subject to a joint agreement between the organisers and
broadcasters. Attention must be paid to avoiding cameras being impeded by the
public. Main cameras in the central stand must be situated at the halfway line, at
the point of intersection between the line and the nearest touch line. The exact
position of the multilateral cameras will be determined by the host broadcaster on
inspection of the stadium.
These cameras must face away from the sun, giving an unhindered view of the
whole playing surface. The commentators’ positions have to be situated on the
same side of the main stand with a space of approximately 2m x 3m allowed for
each camera.
One goal camera should be situated behind each goal, on the longitudinal axis of
the pitch, at a height which permits the penalty mark to be seen above the crossbar
of the goal. The angle of the line of sight to the horizontal should be between 12°
and 15° and a space of 2m x 3m is required for each camera.
Given the developments in the television coverage of football, additional cameras
and camera positions may include reverse-angle cameras, cameras level with the
edge of the penalty areas, six-metre cameras and rail cameras
Unilateral coverage
Space of approximately 2m x 3m per camera should be provided alongside the
multilateral cameras in the main camera platform. There should be a clearly defined
and separate area, behind the advertising boards behind each goal, measuring
approximately 2m x 2m per camera. In both cases, the exact number of positions
should be determined by the organisers and broadcasters.
Further positions may be located beside or behind the commentary area, as
determined by the organisers and broadcasters. Observer seats without desks for
broadcaster personnel should also be located in this sector.
Where possible, space should be provided at specified places near the players’
entrance to the field. The allocation and use of this space, especially for interviews
and presentations, will be subject to regulations.
Football StadiUMS 159

160. 8.1 Accreditation office 148
Media 8.2 Media tribune and commentary positions 148
8.3 Stadium media centre 151
8.4 Press conference room, mixed zone and flash interview positions 152
8.5 Facilities for photographers 158
8.6 Television infrastructure 158
8.7 Studios 161
8.8 Broadcast compound 161
East grandstandEast grandstand
East grandstand
Upper tier Upper tier seating East grandstand
Upper tier seating
seating Diagram 8h:
31 31 31
18 19 20 20 18 19 20
18 19 TV camera positions
32 32 32 Upper tier seating 32 32 32
31
18 19 20
Lower tier seating
Lower tier Lower tier seating
seating
32 32
Lower tier seating
21 21 21
29 29 29 30 30 30
21
29 30
South grandstand
South grandstand
South grandstand
North grandstand
North grandstand
North grandstand
14 14 14 15 15 15
South grandstand
10 10 10 12 12 13 11 11 11
North grandstand
12
14 13 13 15
7 7 7 8 8 8
10 7 7 7 11
12 13
7 8
7
14 1416 16 14 16 9 9 9 15 15 17
17 17 15
26 26 26 26 26 26
14 16 9 17 15
26 26
5
5 5 22 22 23 23 22 23 6 6 6
32 32 27 2732 FrontFront hospitality hospitality suites 28 32 3228
27 hospitality suites
Front suites 28 32 25
25 25
3 3 5 3
1 2 1242 24 1 22 4 42 24 23 4 6
32 27 Front hospitality suites 28 32 25
3 1 2 24 4
WestWest grandstand
grandstand
West grandstand
West grandstand
D Camera 3D Camera /positions
3D Camera positions ost broadcaster’s cameras
Multilateral h
positions
1 3DMain positionposition
Camera positions
1 Main camera position
Main camera
Main cameracamera position 12 12 In-goal leftleft
In-goal In-goal
In-goal left
12 left 23 23PlayerCam PlayerCam
PlayerCam
PlayerCam
23
2 Main camera position
Main positionposition
Main camera position
Main 1cameracamera position
2 Main camera 13 13 In-goal right In-goal left
In-goal right right
13 12 In-goal
In-goal right 24 24Main camera position
MainMain camera positionposition
cameraMain camera
24 23 position
PlayerCam
(Closeup) (closeup)
(Closeup)
(Closeup) (Backup) (Backup)
(backup)
(Backup)
2 Main camera position 14 14 Crane14 13pitch level left level
Crane Craneleft right
pitch level pitch
Crane pitch level left
In-goal left 24 Main camera position
3 16m high left (Closeup)
16m high lefthighleft
3 16m high left
16m 25 25Beauty
Beauty Beauty
Beauty 25 (Backup)
15 15 Crane15 14pitch level pitch level left
Crane Craneright level right
pitch level pitch
Crane pitch level right
Crane right
4 16m high right high right
4 3 16m high right
16m
16m high 16m high left
right 26 26Mini crane Mini crane
Mini Mini 25
crane
26 craneBeauty
16 16 Steadicam leftleft
16 15 Steadicam left
Steadicam Crane pitch level
Steadicam left right
5 Goal line4left left line leftright
Goal
Goal line 16m high
5 Goal line left 27 27BoxBox Cam left crane
Box Cam 26 Box Cam left
Cam left Mini
27 left
17 17 Steadicam right
17 16 Steadicam right
Steadicam Steadicam left
Steadicamright
right
6 Goal line 5 Goal lineline left
6 right
Goal line right
Goal line right right
Goal 28 28BoxBox Cam right Cam left
Box Cam 27 Box Cam right
Cam right
28 right Box
18 18 Reverse 17 centre high right
Reverse Reverse centre high
18 centre high
Reverse centre high
Steadicam
7 Low behindLow goal leftgoalleft
Low behindbehind goal left
7 6 Low behindright
goal left
Goal line 29 29LeftLeft corner pitch level
Left corner pitch level pitch
corner pitchcorner right
29 28 Left level
Box Cam level
19 19 Reverse 18 centre left centre high
Reverse Reverse centre left
19 centre left
Reverse centre left
Reverse
(Proposed position) position)
(Proposed
(proposed position)
(Proposed position)
8 Low behindLow goal right goal left
8 7 Low behind goal right
goal right
Low behindbehind goal right
Low behind (TeamCam) (TeamCam)
(TeamCam)
(TeamCam) 29 Left corner pitch level
19 Reverse centre left 30 30Right corner pitchcorner position)
corner Right level pitch level
pitch level
RightRight corner pitch level
30 (Proposed
9 Centre9line line pitch level goal right
Centre Centrelevel pitch level
8 pitch line pitch level
Centre behind
Low line 20 20Reverse centre right centre right
Reverse Reverse
Reverse centre right
20 centre right
(TeamCam)
(Proposed position) position)
(Proposed
(proposed position)
(Proposed position)
(TeamCam) (TeamCam)
(TeamCam)
(TeamCam) 30 Right corner pitch level
0 10High behind goalbehind goalleft
High 9 High behind goal left
High left left
10 behind goal line pitch level
Centre 20 Reverse centre right 31
31Aerial 31 Cam
Aerial Cam Aerial Cam position)
Cam (Proposed
Aerial
(Tactical) (tactical)
(Tactical)
(Tactical) 21 21Reverse centre pitchcentre pitch level
Reverse Reverse level
Reverse centre pitch level
21 centre pitch level
(TeamCam)
10 High behind goal left
32 32Cable 32 31Cam
Cable Cam Cable Cam
Cam Aerial Cam
Cable
1 11High behind goalbehind goalright
High behindbehind goal right
High right
11 High goal right
(Tactical) 22 22PlayerCam PlayerCamcentre
PlayerCam Reverse
PlayerCam
22 21 pitch level
32 Cable Cam
11 High behind goal right 22 PlayerCam
160 Football StadiUMS

161. 8.7 p Studios
Television studios
Provision should be made for at least three television studios for major matches,
each of approximately 25 m2 and a minimum height of three metres, to allow for
television sets and lighting. They should be located in such a way that players and
coaches can reach them easily from the dressing rooms at the end of the match.
Presentation studios
In addition, one studio should afford a panoramic view over the pitch. For major For major international
international events, up to four such studios may be required. Power, telephone matches, four separate
and data connections for voice and internet services, including permanent and television studios may be
temporary cabling, should be provided at all workstations and any general areas, required in the stadium.
for flexibility.
8.8 p Broadcast compound
In consultation with qualified TV personnel, an area should be designated for
outside broadcast (OB) vans. This should offer ample parking space for the trucks
used by TV companies to undertake their outside broadcasts. For a major final, this
could require between 4,000m² and 6,000m² of space. It should be adjacent to
the stadium to avoid cabling problems. The OB van area should be secure or easily
secured and should be equipped with a power supply with back-up.
An area should be reserved for satellite uplink vehicles (transportable earth stations).
This should be in the open, adjacent to the OB van area and have an unobstructed
view of the southern horizon in the northern hemisphere and of the northern
horizon in the southern hemisphere. This area should be supplied with electrical
power from the same source as the OB van area.
Football StadiUMS 161

162. Media
Media
The accreditation of the press during the FIFA World Cup™ takes place in the
accreditation centres provided at each of the venues or the official hotels.
For the FIFA World Cup™, a large media tribune is erected over the seats, usually in
the upper tier of the main stand. This media tribune must be in a central position in
the main grandstand where the media facilities are situated. It should be centrally
located on the halfway line, in a position that provides an unobstructed view of
the field of play, without the possibility of interference from spectators. Ideally,
the media tribune should not extend beyond the 16-metre line towards the goals.
All working places in the media tribune should be covered. Media representatives
should be allocated places with an excellent view of the entire playing area.
The media tribune should ideally have some of the best viewing positions. When the
media demand for seats changes from match to match, the seats must ideally be
made available in the highest ticket category seats.
Commentary positions are also constructed in this area. For the actual FIFA World
Cup™ requirements for these positions, consult the FIFA World Cup™ space
requirements document.
TV and presentation studios are determined by the Technical Annex.
Because of the large registration demands from the media for the FIFA World Cup™,
the size of the SMC is such that the only solution is to locate these in either a temporary
structure or in an adjoining building suitable for this large floor plate.
Press conference rooms would vary in size according to the stage of the FIFA World
Cup™. Consult the FIFA World Cup™ space requirements document for the spaces
and sizes.
162 Football StadiUMS

163. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
The media demands for space in the mixed zone and for flash interview areas also
results in large allocations of space in Zone 2. Stadium designers should take into
account the legacy use of these spaces when configuring them for the FIFA World
Cup™.
The capacity of facilities for the media must be adapted according to the level of the
match and to the number of media representatives anticipated. A comprehensive
schedule of accommodation, detailing the media spaces for the FIFA World Cup™,
appears in the FIFA World Cup™ space requirements document.
There should be dedicated elevators and stairs for the movement of media personnel
in the stadium during the event.
The television broadcast infrastructure is huge for the FIFA World Cup™. The
number of positions and technical infrastructure far exceeds the requirements that a
stadium would normally install. Commentary positions, camera positions, production
space, technology rooms and cable provisions are installed specifically for the event.
Designers would need to consult the Technical Annex for a particular tournament in
order to understand the requirements.
The space for the broadcast compound for the FIFA World Cup™ varies in size and
is dependent on the stage of the tournament that a stadium is hosting.
Football StadiUMS 163

164. Lighting and
power supply
164 Football StadiUMS

165. A lighting system must be installed which meets
the needs of broadcasters, spectators, players
and officials without spilling light into the
environment and without creating a nuisance
for the local community.
Football StadiUMS 165

166. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
9.1 p Power supply
The delay or cancellation of an event due to the loss of electrical power is
unacceptable. A careful evaluation of the available utility service is crucial. Redundant
services and on-site power sources will be necessary to provide back-up and ride-
through of utility outages. The following information is intended to assist the design
engineer in developing the most reliable power supply for the stadium.
The evaluation of the reliability of the utility source will help determine the amount,
capacity and size of the back-up equipment. The following table outlines some of
the common characteristics to analyse:
Incoming service Reliability
Overhead service (-)
Underground service (+)
High to low voltage equipment by utility (0)
High to low voltage equipment by customer (+)
Utility outages less than 10 per year (0)
Utility outages greater than 10 per year (-)
Most outages due to maintenance (-)
Most outages due to weather (0)
Utility service looped from 2 or more sources (+)
Utility service on dedicated radial feed (0)
Utility service on shared radial feed (-)
The reliability ranking:
(+) is for a preferred design or condition,
(0) for standard or typical and
(-) to be avoided if possible and will require
is
the greatest amount of back-up equipment.
The utility service may be tied in a preferred/alternate arrangement (diagram 9a) or
as in-use “hot” sources (diagram 9b), handling separate facility loads with manual
or automatic tie switches. On loss of the service mains, on-site back-up power
should start immediately but there will be a time lag. Consequently, this back-up
must include some ride-through capacity while the on-site source(s) starts up, since
field lighting, which is typically high-intensity discharge (HID), will extinguish and
require several minutes to restart and the broadcasting event will be interrupted.
This ride-through can be provided in several ways, including special generators
and uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems. Back-up power should have the
capacity to operate for a minimum of three hours during an outage.
166 Football StadiUMS

167. Utility power
only one service in use Diagram 9a:
Alternate Preferred
Power option 1
(back-up) (in use)
Emergency
generator Mains
Two utility services are designed
and installed – both fully sized
– only one is used at a time.
The loss of in-use mains would
result in a time delay in closing
the alternate source.
Normal building loads
UPS
Life safety Event Uninterrupted power
Field lighting
Broadcast
Emergency power driven loads
Utility power Diagram 9b:
both services in use Power option 2
Emergency
generator Mains Two utility services are designed
and installed and both are used
– loss of either one gives only
Tie
partial outage until tie is closed.
Normal building loads
UPS
Life safety Event Uninterrupted power
Field lighting
Broadcast
Emergency power driven loads
Football StadiUMS 167

168. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
The measure of the reliability of a system can be expressed as a percentage of
availability with 100 per cent as the ideal. The typical highest measure is called ”five
9s” or 99.999 per cent, which implies a downtime of only five minutes. During
the year, a stadium will experience considerably more downtime than five minutes
for repairs and maintenance activity. However, the downtime during an event
must be zero for some of the equipment to avoid any interruption. This would
require uninterruptible power. Other equipment could tolerate the start-up time
of a generator (less than ten seconds), and some parts of the facility could go even
longer. Classification of the types of loads should be considered to help determine
the amount of redundant capacity and size of the back-up generators and UPS
equipment.
For example, a typical breakdown would be:
Life safety (generator-only back-up power available in 10 seconds)
– fire pump
– fire alarm and detection system
– smoke venting systems
– selected elevators / escalators for egress or fire fighting
– in-house medical lighting and power
Event and life safety (UPS and generator back-up power
available in less than 60 seconds)
– building internal and external egress lighting
– special systems (data / telecom) rooms
– PBX telephone
– security monitoring and card access
– giant video screens
– public address system
Event essential (generator-generator only back-up power
available in less than 90 seconds)
– scoreboards
– scoreboard control room
– turnstile monitoring system
– police station
Event critical (UPS and generator-generator back-up, zero downtime)
– event lighting
– day of game operational control centre
– police control lighting
168 Football StadiUMS

169. Each load separation would involve different transfer schemes, cabling and
distribution equipment and the UPS may be static or rotary but will require further
back-up from the generator or four hours of battery. The generator-generator
designation is to indicate an N+1 arrangement, where a stand-by generator is
provided in case one of the in-use units does not function or is unavailable. If the
utility power source is considered highly unreliable, then 2N or fully redundant
arrangements of the UPS and generator equipment may be necessary.
A thorough analysis of the incoming utility service, the loads within the facility and
the required uptime is necessary to provide the power system to assure a successful
event.
9.2 p Facility requirements
Overview
The primary goal of the event lighting system is to illuminate the event to digital
video quality for the media without creating nuisance glare for the players / officials
and adding spill light / glare to the spectators and surrounding environment.
Permanent lighting, temporary lighting and a combination of both systems should
be considered.
– Environmental
Special care should be taken to limit the spill light and glare off the field, both
inside and outside the stadium.
– Players and officials
The players and officials must be able to perform to their fullest ability within an
illuminated environment that enhances play.
– Spectators
The spectators must be able to view the event, scoreboard, video and all activities
on the field in comfort, free from glare and excessive spill light.
– The media
The media video and broadcasts produced during an event shall be of digital
quality, with balanced illumination and free from hard-line shadows and glare.
Football StadiUMS 169

170. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
Competition categories
Five classes of lighting systems have been developed (I to V). There are two categories
that need televised-quality lighting and three classes for non-televised events.
Class V International televised Event pitch shall be shadow free.
Class IV National televised Event pitch shall be shadow free.
Class III National game Event pitch shall be illuminated with a
non-televised minimum of 8 poles.
Class II Leagues and clubs Event pitch shall be illuminated with a
non-televised minimum of 6 poles (recommended).
Class I Training and recreation Event pitch shall be illuminated with a
non-televised of 4 poles (recommended).
Mounting height of light fittings – Class IV and Class V
The mounting height of the light fittings is critical to the success of the sports lighting
system. The mounting height geometry for sideline head frames and poles is 25
degrees to the bottom of the lowest light source above the horizon, starting from
the middle of the pitch and looking back towards the stadium seating bowl. The
head frame and light structure may exceed this 25-degree minimum guideline but
it may not exceed 45 degrees. Luminaire tilt angles should not exceed 70 degrees
from the nadir (straight down) to the centre of the beam.
Camera views to be considered
There are many possible camera positions which can be used to create the televised For more on the needs of
experience. The camera positions illustrated are some of those which are popular. the media, see Chapter 8.
A lighting specification should take account of the actual camera positions to be
used in order to ensure that each camera receives sufficient light, from which good-
quality video can be created. Where required, the additional advice of an appropriate
television broadcaster or a regional television consortium can be sought.
The principal goal of the lighting system is to ensure symmetrical lighting for both
touch-line and goal-line conditions. Both fixed and field cameras can be added
without affecting the digital video quality.
170 Football StadiUMS

171. Diagram 9c:
Mounting height of
light fittings
Mounting height ≥ 25°
Roof structure
hm = d • tan(25)
Mounting height ≥ 25°
Mounting height ≥ 25°
Roof structure hm = d tan(25)
•
hm = d • tan(25)
No obstruction from Tilt angle Tilt angle of 70°
= maximum = maximum of 70°
the sports fittings
No obstruction from
to the pitch Tilt angle = maximum of 70°
the sports fittings hm
to the pitch
Centre
hm
beam max. 70°
hm hm
Centre
beam max. 70°
hm hm
25° min. nadir
25° min. nadir
d
d Seating section
d d
d Seating section
d
Diagram 9d:
Standard camera views
2
2 Fixed camera position
Fixed camera
Fixed camera position
Field camera position
Field camera
Field camera position
1
1 1 2 3
1 2 3
3
3
4
4 4
4
5
5
Football StadiUMS 171

172. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
Player and broadcast view angles
Providing a glare-free environment for the players, officials and media is the most
important design requirement. The following two areas are defined as “no floodlight
zones” for all five categories of competition:
Corner goal-line area:
In order to maintain good visual conditions for the goalkeeper and attacking players
in the corners, lighting equipment shall not be placed within an area of 10 degrees
on either side of the goal line.
Behind the goal area:
In order to maintain good visual conditions for attacking players in front of the goal,
as well as for video media at the opposite end of the pitch, lighting equipment shall
not be placed below 25 degrees above the centre point of the pitch and below 75
degrees above the horizontal of the goal area.
Shadow control (multi-zone aiming)
Limiting hard-line shadowing on the pitch is becoming one of the biggest problems Hard-line shadowing on
facing high-definition, digital video quality media. Multi-zone aiming is the repetitive the pitch is one of the
aiming from different head frame locations at similar locations on the pitch. This biggest problems facing
repetitive aiming from separate locations limits hard-line shadows created by the high-definition digital
broadcasting.
players.
Diagrams 9f and 9g divide the pitch into three zones, with Zone 1 representing
both end zones and Zone 2 representing the middle of the pitch. The aiming for
each zone shall have a minimum of four overlapping lighting arrays per side for
international events and three overlapping lighting arrays per side for national
televised events.
Modelling is achieved when an event player is surrounded by illumination from
different locations, creating a balanced illuminated environment. A shadow-free
environment is achieved when hard-line shadows on the pitch do not exist.
Installation planning (non-televised)
For international and national televised events, the lighting head frames are
positioned on the stadium for digital video quality lighting. Multi-zone aiming is not
required for a non-televised pitch. For national, league and training non-televised
events, the following standard lighting design guidelines apply (see diagram 9h,
page 175):
172 Football StadiUMS

173. 75°
25°
Goal Centre of pitch
10°
Diagram 9e:
20°
Floodlight glare
No floodlights
No floodlights
Light fitting
mounting area
No floodlight zone
No floodlights zone
20°
75°
25°
Goal Centre of pitch
10°
10°
20°
No floodlights
No floodlights zone
20°
10°
Football StadiUMS 173

174. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
Diagram 9f:
4 Head frame
4 Head frame ClassField aiming international
V
Field aiming international
4 Head frame
Field aiming (international)
Field aimingNo floodlights
international
No floodlights
No floodlights
No floodlights
No floodlights zone
No floodlights zone
No floodlight head frame
Fitting zone
No floodlights zone
Fitting head frame
Fitting Aiming frame
head frame
Fitting head zone
Aiming zone
Aiming zone
Aiming zone
Zone 1
Zone 1 Zone 2
Zone 2 Zone 1
Zone 1
Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 1
Diagram 9g:
3 Head frame
3 Head frame ClassField aiming national
IV
Field aiming national
3 Head frame
Field aiming (national)
Field aiming national
4 Head frame Field aimingNo floodlights
international
No floodlights
No floodlights
No floodlights zone
No floodlights zone
No floodlights
No floodlights
No floodlights zone
No floodlight head frame
Fitting head frame
Fitting zone
No floodlights zone
Fitting head zone
Fitting head frame
Fitting Aiming frame
Aiming zone
head frame
Aiming zone
Aiming zone
Aiming zone
Zone 1
Zone 1 Zone 2
Zone 2 Zone 1
Zone 1
Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 1
174 Football StadiUMS

175. Diagram 9h:
No floodlights
Installation planning
(non-televised) zone
No floodlights
No floodlight
No floodlights
No floodlight zone
No floodlights zone
Class III
National game
Class II
League and club
Class I
Training and recreation
Exact pole location and
details will vary with each
installation; seating areas
should be free from poles
obstructing the view of
spectators.
Football StadiUMS 175

176. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
9.3 p Lighting design specifications and technology
Horizontal uniformity
Horizontal
Horizontal illuminance is a measure of light reaching a horizontal plane, one metre
above the playing surface. A 10m x 10m grid across the playing field is used as a basis
for collecting these measurements and calculating maximum / minimum / average
illumination on the playing field.
Variation
Football is a high-speed sport and maintaining a uniform illumination across the
playing field will enhance player performance and create excellent high-definition
video. The methods for calculating uniformity are expressed below. Either method,
CV or UG, can be used to calculate uniformity.
Televised events Non-televised events
Co-efficient of variation (CV) CV ≤ 0.13 - 0.15 CV ≤ 0.3 - 0.4
Uniformity gradient (UG) UG = 1.5 - 2 UG = 2 - 2.5
176 Football StadiUMS

177. Vertical illumination
Field camera vertical
Vertical lighting at field level is the amount of illumination reaching the vertical
surface of the players. This illumination helps to show close-up details of players,
particularly their faces, at critical moments during the match. These images are
captured by (both hand-held and motorised) field camera positions. Variations
in vertical illumination will create poor digital video. The designer must consider
balancing the illumination to reduce over-/under-illuminated areas during field
camera operations.
Fixed camera vertical
Vertical light above the pitch captured by the upper touch-line and goal-line cameras The lighting system must
is referred to as fixed camera vertical illumination. These cameras panning the pitch illuminate the football match
must capture the entire play during the event. Variation in illumination will create to digital video quality.
poor digital video. The designer must consider balancing the illumination to reduce
these over-/under-illuminated areas during fixed camera operations.
Football StadiUMS 177

178. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
Colour temperature
Colour temperature describes the feeling or appearance of how warm (red) or cool
(blue), a certain type of illumination appears to be. It is measured in kelvins (Tk).
Current digital camera technology allows the video-produced media to be altered
to ‘gain’ colour and contrast, as needed to produce the desired colour quality.
Acceptable colour temperature for outdoor stadiums for all classes of competition
is Tk ≥ 4,000.
Colour rendering
Colour rendering is the ability of an artificial illumination source to reproduce natural
lighting. The colour rendering practical scale is Ra20 to Ra100, where the higher
the rating, the better the colour quality. Good colour produced by the artificial
illumination system shall be Ra ≥ 65 for both televised and non-televised events.
Summary of lighting specifications for televised events
The following table is a summary of the criteria to be considered for televised events.
It sets out the recommendations for vertical and horizontal illuminance, uniformity
and the colour properties of lamps, for each class of activity.
Lighting specifications for televised events
Vertical illuminance Horizontal illuminance Proporties of lamps
Colour Colour
Ev cam ave Uniformity Eh ave Uniformity
temperature rendering
Class Calculation towards Lux U1 U2 Lux U1 U2 Tk Ra
Class V Fixed camera 2,000 0.6 0.7 3,500 0.6 0.8 4,000 ≥ 65
International
Field camera 1,800 0.4 0.65
(at pitch level)
Class IV Fixed camera 2,000 0.5 0.65
National
2,500 0.6 0.8 4,000 ≥ 65
Field camera 1,400 0.35 0.6
(at pitch level)
Notes:
– Vertical illuminance refers to illuminance towards a fixed or field camera position.
– Vertical illuminance uniformity for field cameras can be evaluated on a camera-
by-camera basis and variation from this standard will be considered.
– All illuminance values indicated are maintained values. A maintenance factor of
0.7 is recommended; therefore initial values will be approximately 1.4 times those
indicated above.
– all classes, the glare rating is GR ≤ 50 for players on the pitch within the player
In
primary view angle. This glare rating is satisfied when the player view angles are
satisfied.
– Constant illumination lamp technology is acceptable and encouraged.
178 Football StadiUMS

179. Summary of lighting specifications for non-televised events
The following table is a summary of the criteria to be considered for non-televised
events. It sets out the recommendations for horizontal illuminance, uniformity and
the properties of lamps, for each level of activity.
Lighting specifications for non-televised events
Horizontal Lamp colour Lamp colour
Activity level Uniformity
illuminance temperature rendering
Class Eh ave (lux) U2 Tk Ra
Class III
750 0.7 4,000 ≥ 65
National games
Class II
500 0.6 4,000 ≥ 65
Leagues and clubs
Class I
200 0.5 4,000 ≥ 65
Training and recreation
Notes:
– All illuminance values indicated are maintained values.
– A maintenance factor of 0.70 is recommended. Initial values will therefore be
approximately 1.4 times those indicated above.
– Illuminance uniformity shall not exceed than 30% every 10 metres.
– Primary player view angles must be free of direct glare. This glare rating is satisfied
when the player view angles are satisfied.
Football StadiUMS 179

180. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
9.4 p Environmental impact
Light pollution and unwanted light trespass fall into two categories: spill illumination, For more on environmental
which is light leaving the perimeter of the stadium that is measurable; and glare, compatibility, see Chapter 1
which is excessive brightness in the normal field of view for pedestrians and
motorists outside the stadium. This impact on local communities is critical to the Every effort needs to be
safety, dark sky experience and well-being of the countries and cities they serve. made to limit the overspill
Every effort needs to be made to limit both spill and glare inside and outside the of stadium light onto the
stadium. New design specifications should include sharp cut-off reflectors and high surrounding community.
efficiency reflectors for televised events.
Spill illumination leaving the stadium can be calculated and measured. These values
are expressed in horizontal illumination values and maximum vertical illumination. In
the absence of local guidelines, the following schedule should be considered:
Angle of illumination Distance from stadium perimeter
Horizontal spill 50m from stadium perimeter 25 lux
Horizontal spill 200m further 10 lux
Maximum vertical 50m from stadium perimeter 40 lux
Maximum vertical 200m from stadium perimeter 20 lux
Diagram 9i:
25 lux horizontal
Environmental impact
40 lux max vertical
25 lux
10 lux horizontal horizontal
25 lux
40 lux
40 lux max vertical
20 lux max vertical
10 lux horizontal
10 lux horizontal
20 lux max vertical
20 lux max vertical
50m 200m
50m 200m
180 Football StadiUMS

181. 9.5 p Installation commissioning
Inspection and equipment
Measuring the actual illumination prior to play is required to ensure system
performance. The following specifications are suggested standard guidelines:
Specifications Symbol
Average horizontal illumination Eh ave
Average fixed camera illumination Ev ave (fixed camera)
Average field camera illumination Ev ave (field camera)
Uniformity (min./max. illumination) U1
Uniformity (min./average illumination) U2
Both digital and analogue light meters are acceptable. Calibration of the instrument
should be carried out yearly. The calibration date and the meter serial number must
be noted on the worksheets submitted. Care should be taken while recording
readings to limit the shadow created by the testing personnel. The light meter shall
be attached to a tripod, level with the pitch and one metre above the pitch.
Televised measurements shall include three categories of readings: horizontal, fixed
camera and field camera.
Horizontal:
positioning the measuring cell one metre above the pitch at 90°, perpendicular to
the pitch (worksheet 1, page 184).
Fixed camera:
positioning the measuring cell one metre above the pitch, 30° above the horizon
(worksheet 2, page 185).
Field camera:
positioning the measuring cell one metre above the pitch and parallel to the pitch
(worksheet 3, page 186).
Non-televised measurements shall include one category of readings: horizontal.
Football StadiUMS 181

182. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
Measurement worksheet and summary calculations
This worksheet shall be utilised for all classes of play. Horizontal, fixed camera and
field camera calculations should be made for broadcast quality while only horizontal
calculation is required for non-broadcast quality.
Project name
Reading taken by
Measuring equipment
Type
Calibration date
Measurement type: Broadcast
Design Achieved
Horizontal
Fixed camera vertical
Field camera vertical
Measurement type: Non-broadcast
Design Achieved
Horizontal value
Summary of calculations
Illuminance Design Horizontal achieved Design Achieved Uniformity
E min. U1 Min./max.
E max. U2 Min./ave.
E ave. U2 Gradient
Illuminance Fixed camera vertical Uniformity
E min. U1 Min./max.
E max. U2 Min./ave.
E ave. U2 Gradient
Illuminance Field camera vertical Uniformity
E min. U1 Min./max.
E max. U2 Min./ave.
E ave. U2 Gradient
182 Football StadiUMS

183. Notes:
Signature on behalf of contractor Signature on behalf of consultant
Football StadiUMS 183

184. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
Worksheet 1: Horizontal measurements and calculations
10m 2.5m
2.5m
10m
Prepared by:
Conditions:
Date:
Venue:
184 Football StadiUMS

185. Worksheet 2: Fixed vertical measurements and calculations
10m 2.5m
2.5m
10m
Prepared by:
Conditions:
Date:
Venue:
Football StadiUMS 185

186. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
Worksheet 3: Field vertical measurements and calculations
10m 2.5m
2.5m
10m
Prepared by:
Conditions:
Date:
Venue:
186 Football StadiUMS

187. Football StadiUMS 187

188. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
9.6 p Glossary of lighting terms
Coefficient of variance: CV k Coefficient of variance is a metric used to measure
uniformity of lighting. CV is defined as the ratio of the standard deviation of all
values to the mean (average) value.
CV =  =  (XL X)2
 n
 = Standard deviation X = Mean (average) of all points
X L= Horizontal value at each point n = Total number of points
Colour rendering index: Ra k The degree to which a specific light source
reproduces a set of reference colours compared with the same colours under
daylight conditions. This index is measured on a scale of Ra0 to Ra100.
Colour temperature: Tk k The colour appearance of the light emitted by a light
source, in kelvins.
Eye sensitivity curve: V(α) k The human eye is more sensitive to some colours
than to others, e.g. it is 20 times more sensitive to green and yellow light than to
either red or blue light.
Field camera vertical: Efieldv k Illuminance on a plane 1m above the pitch and
parallel with the pitch aimed towards the sideline.
Fixed camera vertical: Efv k Illuminance on a plane 1m above the pitch and 20°
above the horizon aimed towards the camera positions.
Glare rating k The degree to which a lighting installation is disturbing to a person
on or near the pitch. GR is defined by the Commission Internationale de l’Eclairage
in publication 112, 1994, Glare Evaluation System for use within Outdoor Sports
and Area Lighting.
Horizontal illuminance: Eh/Eh ave k Light incident (falling) on a horizontal
plane 1m above the pitch.
188 Football StadiUMS

189. Illuminance: E k The quantity of light falling (incident) on a surface at a specific
point, expressed in lux.
Illumination: E ave k Average horizontal illuminance as a result of either
calculation or measurement.
Illuminance gradient % k The difference in illuminance between two adjacent
points on the pitch.
Illuminance towards camera: E cam k Illuminance on a plane 1m above the
pitch and perpendicular to the camera position.
Illuminance uniformity k Describes how evenly light is distributed over the pitch
surface and is expressed by the ratios of U1 and U2.
Initial illuminance: E init k The illuminance after the first 100 hours of use.
Initial lumens p The output of a light source (lamp) after the first 100 hours of use.
Intake mains k The incoming utility service, which would be the metered feeders.
Light trespass k The amount of light spill and glare leaving the premises.
Lumens: Lm k The spectral power distribution of a lamp weighted by the eye
sensitivity curve.
Lux k The unit of illuminance in lumen/m2, incident on a pitch surface.
1 lux = 1 lumen/m2.
Maintained illuminance: E maint/E ave maint k The (average) illuminance
below which the installation should not fall; below which the lamps should be
replaced and or the installation cleaned.
Maintenance factor k A factor less than 1. Initial illuminance x maintenance
factor = the maintained illuminance. This compensates for the depreciation in lamp
output and light fitting surfaces.
Maximum vertical k Illuminance recorded on a light meter aimed at the brightest
light source.
Mounting heights: Hm k The mounting height of the light fittings with respect
to a point on the pitch. Hm = distance “dî” x tan δ.
Football StadiUMS 189

190. 9.1 Power supply 166
Lighting and 9.2 Facility requirements 169
power supply 9.3 Lighting design specifications and technology 176
9.4 Environmental impact 180
9.5 Installation commissioning 181
9.6 Glossary of lighting terms 188
Primary player view angle: PPVA k Normal players’ view angle in relationship
to the playing field and the spill light fittings.
Ride-through k The ability of a power system to maintain continuous
uninterruptible stable power during an outage, or during bumps/spikes, while
waiting for a generator to start.
Temporary lighting k Light fitting poles and structures support event head
frames that are removable after an event.
Uniformity gradient k Uniformity gradient (UG) is typically used to measure
uniformity in lighting applications. However, it can be used to measure the rate of
change for any calculated metric. It measures how fast the values fall off between
measuring points. Specifically, the UG measures the rate of change of values
between adjacent measuring points, side to side, up, down or diagonally. The
rate of change is weighed by the distance between the points (the greater the
distance, the less rate of change). The UG value is expressed as a ratio of values.
The reported UG value indicates the highest ratio or greatest rate of change.
Vertical illuminance: Ev k Light incident on a vertical plane 1m above the pitch.
Orientation to be specified.
190 Football StadiUMS

191. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
Lighting and power supply
Due to the technical demands of a modern stadium, most stadiums would be
capable of adapting to the increased demands of the FIFA World Cup™. However,
in order to correctly provide for this event, designers and engineers should consult
the Technical Annex of a particular event in order to adequately provide for its
operation. Specific requirements for broadcast technical power, as determined by
FIFA, must be taken into account.
Football StadiUMS 191

192. Communications
and additional areas
192 Football StadiUMS

193. Stadium developers must take account of the
rapid development of technology to ensure that
their facility can meet all of its communications
requirements for many years to come.
Football StadiUMS 193

194. 10.1 Communications requirements 194
Communications 10.2 Programme development 195
and additional areas 10.3 Communications systems, applications and users 196
10.4 Communications rooms 198
10.5 Project development 198
10.6 Telephones 199
10.7 Additional areas 200
10.8 Flagpoles 200
10.1 p Communications requirements
The escalating demand for a wide and reliable implementation of open-architecture
electronic communications systems requires the immediate planning of core
infrastructure. This should take place at the same time as the development of the
architectural building programme.
Most electronic building systems are converging to a common and open data Many electronic building
protocol, known as “internet protocol” (IP), which typically uses Ethernet-based systems now use internet
connectivity to link systems and networks. This is already mainstream technology protocol (IP) to link networks.
for many building systems, including telephone, administrative data, wireless data
(Wi-Fi), building management systems, electronic access control and intrusion
detection, video surveillance, television and other low-voltage electrical systems.
Electronic building systems will continue to evolve using internet protocol (IP),
making the planning of these systems increasingly important. Given the increase in
system convergence and integration, planning for both the present and the future
is vital to ensure the longevity of systems. These criteria must be developed by
following existing communication industry standards that help to anticipate future
technologies. These standards include: ISO / IEC, ANSI / TIA / EIA, IEEE and BICSI.
For most major events, including the FIFA World Cup™, there is a requirement for
each stadium to have existing internal cabling infrastructure that can be leveraged
for the event. This includes cabling from one floor to the next (tertiary/vertical) and
to all required rooms of a single floor (secondary/horizontal). In each stadium, all
cabling must be verified to ensure that the current status meets industry standards
for cabling and that it has the capacity to support the amount of hardware and
bandwidth that will be deployed in the stadium. Cabling should be clearly labelled
and identifiable, using a structured cabling system to understand the area it
services. A good guideline is that the basic stadium infrastructure is provided to all
communications rooms within the stadium which will require IT equipment to be
deployed for the major events, including office space.
194 Football StadiUMS

195. 10.2 p Programme development
The development of a technology programme can help identify all systems, users A technology programme
and applications necessary for the facility. The technology programme should be is needed to identify all
expanded to determine interoperability, convergence and network allocation and the communications
used to establish responsibilities for the scope of work and system implementation. requirements of a stadium.
It is common for the facility owner or operator to provide, allocate and maintain a
unified cabling system for the entire stadium.
The development of the programme should depend on the following: For other planning decisions,
– systems and applications implemented; see Chapter 1.
– level of system convergence to IP;
– support of systems, users and application;
– allocation of services;
– system reliability and redundancy;
– loss prevention;
– uninterruptible service and connectivity;
– future expansion and growth potential.
Communications systems have six fundamental elements which need to be reviewed
and evaluated. These are:
– Core infrastructure: dedicated communications rooms, raceways and containment
– Support systems: dedicated grounding (earthing), heating, ventilation and air
conditioning, electrical power and lighting
– Cable infrastructure: facility fibre-optic backbone as well as horizontal and
vertical cabling
– System electronics: telephone systems, data switches, servers and computers
– Implementation: support, applications, network allocation and services
– Administration: management, maintenance and upgrades
Football StadiUMS 195

196. 10.1 Communications requirements 194
Communications 10.2 Programme development 195
and additional areas 10.3 Communications systems, applications and users 196
10.4 Communications rooms 198
10.5 Project development 198
10.6 Telephones 199
10.7 Additional areas 200
10.8 Flagpoles 200
10.3 p Communications systems, applications and users
The following are communications systems, applications and users that need to be
considered and coordinated during the programme development and design of a
venue:
– administrative data system
– broadcast television
– building management systems
– cashpoint / ATM machines
– clock system
– distributed television systems
– distributed antennae systems
• cellular telephones / wireless carriers
• public safety organisation radios
• building operations radios
• security operations radios
– fire alarm systems
– food service point of sale
– lighting control
– mobile telephone service
– police and fire radio
– media
– public telephones
– retail point of sale
– roof controls
– scoreboard
– secured telephone system
– security electronic access control
– security electronic intrusion detection
– security video surveillance
– signage
– sound systems
– telecommunications utility service
– telephone system
– ticketing
– video boards
– wireless internet and data
196 Football StadiUMS

197. Football StadiUMS 197

198. 10.1 Communications requirements 194
Communications 10.2 Programme development 195
and additional areas 10.3 Communications systems, applications and users 196
10.4 Communications rooms 198
10.5 Project development 198
10.6 Telephones 199
10.7 Additional areas 200
10.8 Flagpoles 200
10.4 p Communications rooms
Communications rooms should include: telecommunications utility demarcation
rooms, a main cross-connect room (main communications room), computer
equipment rooms (data centre or server rooms) and intermediate cross-connect
rooms (communications distribution rooms).
The location of the communication distribution room is critical to ensure that the
length limitations of horizontal cables are maintained. Communications rooms shall
be located to ensure total cable length to any outlet device does not exceed 90m.
Strict adherence to this is required. Segments exceeding this length will not function
and certainly will not support future technologies.
Communications rooms should be dedicated and separate from electrical rooms.
Rooms should align vertically to form risers to ease the installation of cable
throughout facility. Co-locating or sharing rooms with communications and other
low-voltage systems is recommended. The sizes of all communications rooms will
depend on the type of room, the equipment supported and distribution densities.
Telecommunication technical rooms should be fitted out as follows:
The communications cable infrastructure system should be planned to support voice
and data applications/systems operated over a multi-media cabling plant including
fibre optics and twisted pair copper.
10.5 p Project development
The design team will need to evaluate and program the technology systems outlined
in this book in conjunction with the space requirements data. Detailed discussions
with the entire project team are necessary to define the scope of the work including
specification, implementation, procurement and associated responsibilities.
198 Football StadiUMS

199. 10.6 p Telephones
The stadium must have a central telephone switchboard with a taping facility for
incoming calls.
Telephones must be provided at the following points:
– dressing rooms for teams
– dressing room for referees
– FIFA offices
– doping control
– players’ medical room
– stadium operations room
– stewards’ control room
– public address announcer’s room
– scoreboard control room
– spectators’ medical centre
– VIP areas
– administrative offices
– ticket sales offices
– match control area between the substitutes’ benches
– media working areas
These telephones must be interconnected and a list of extension numbers must be
available at each point. The stadium should be equipped with an adequate number
of telephones for use by the public.
Football StadiUMS 199

200. 10.1 Communications requirements 194
Communications 10.2 Programme development 195
and additional areas 10.3 Communications systems, applications and users 196
10.4 Communications rooms 198
10.5 Project development 198
10.6 Telephones 199
10.7 Additional areas 200
10.8 Flagpoles 200
10.7 p Additional areas
Given the most recent developments in the organisation of major football events, A modern stadium
a modern stadium should provide additional areas which may be used for the should provide rooms for
following purposes: stadium and competition
management.
IT patch rooms
A minimum of one room of 12m2 should be provided.
Dressing room for musicians and for storage of their instruments
If the facility is used for shows and concerts, the space for artists and performers
should be in the players’ area.
Storerooms
The number of rooms, and the area of space required, should be determined by the
stadium management.
It may be helpful to construct a number of rooms with partitioned walls so that their
size may be varied according to their use.
10.8 p Flagpoles
A stadium should be equipped with flagpoles within the bowl and within the
precinct. It should be possible to hang these flags on the roof structure.
200 Football StadiUMS

201. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
Communications and additional areas
For the FIFA World Cup™, there is a requirement for a dual wide area network
(WAN) path (primary and redundant). This requirement stipulates that the external
wide area network must enter the stadiums with two physically unique paths to
ensure proper fail-over functionality if the primary circuit fails.
For the FIFA World Cup™, there will be a number of areas that may be unique to
the event IT requirements. One will be the inclusion of a series of technical areas
that will support the distribution of the event infrastructure. This includes primary
technical areas (PTA) that house the initial termination of the event WAN, as well as
a series of technical areas (secondary and local) that will act as the distribution point
for the stadium’s IT and T infrastructure.
Moreover, a number of space requirements can be co-located in a compound
(technology compound) that will allow the centralisation of IT and T services and
staff in one location. This facility should be located close to the broadcast compound
to minimise the cost of cable to this location. This, as well as all technical areas, will
need to be accessed early in the process, and much in advance of the exclusive-use
period for the stadium (i.e. six months), in order to enable the installation of IT and T
services.
Space for storage also is a key element for the IT department during the FIFA
World Cup™, as location (proximity to IT areas), security, environmental aspects
and availability (needed very early in the overall project timeline) are all of primary
importance during the use period.
In terms of flagpoles for the FIFA World Cup™, refer to the FIFA Flag Guidelines for
placement and number.
Stadium technology installations may require access six months prior to the first
match.
Football StadiUMS 201

202. Futsal and
beach soccer
202 Football StadiUMS

203. Futsal and beach soccer are two forms of football which are
growing rapidly across the world. Futsal can be played in
existing multi-purpose sports halls and arenas. Beach soccer
can be played directly on a beach or on a temporary pitch
which has the characteristics of a beach surface.
Football StadiUMS 203

204. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
11.1 p Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions
The size and level of comfort of a new hall will always be governed by the financial
resources available. Nevertheless, when planning a hall, developers should always
ask certain basic questions at the outset. Double-headers are a standard with
regards to the futsal event.
Capacity
Should the hall be built to accommodate only the domestic needs of the club(s) who
will use it? Or should it attempt to attract matches at a higher level? A club which
normally attracts an attendance of around 3,000 and is thinking of building a new
hall with a capacity of 6,000 might find it preferable to think in terms of nearer 8,000.
The capacity of each hall will depend on whatever is required locally but if developers
hope that the hall will be used occasionally for major international futsal events,
minimum capacities of 8,000 will need to be provided. To stage major international
matches like the FIFA Futsal World Cup, for example, 12,000 would be required for
the opening, semi-final and final matches.
Obviously, those places that can sustain a hall with a capacity of 12,000 find
themselves in an advantageous position when it comes to the allocation of big futsal
events, as well as other indoor events.
Hall location
The ultimate location would probably be a large city-centre site with good access
to public transport, major roads and motorways and parking that can be used by
others when games are not being played. A hall with ambitions to host international
events is more attractive to event holders if it is within comfortable reach of hotels
and active commercial environments and at least one international airport.
Multi-purpose halls
Designing halls so that they can host other sporting and entertainment events will
increase their utilisation and improve their financial viability. The use of resistant
surfaces like wood or synthetic coating makes this easier, as it allows the pitch to be
used for an unlimited number of days.
The halls are also used to host other sports, such as handball, basketball and
volleyball. Futsal halls can also host entertainment events including concerts,
festivals, theatrical extravaganzas and trade / consumer shows.
204 Football StadiUMS

205. Hall control room
Each hall must have a control room which has an overall view of the inside of the
hall and which must be equipped with public address facilities, the infotainment
controls, the video screen control and television surveillance monitor screens. The
size, configuration and furnishing of the control room should be agreed upon in
consultation with the local police.
Television surveillance system
A modern hall should be equipped inside and outside with public-surveillance
colour television cameras, mounted in fixed positions with pan and tilt facilities.
The television surveillance system should have its own independent power supply
and private circuit. It should be operated and controlled from the hall control room
where the monitor screens should be situated.
First aid rooms for the public
Every hall should be equipped with a first aid room, or rooms, to care for spectators.
Playing area
Dimensions
Pitch: length 40m; width 20m
For all matches at the top professional level and where major international and
domestic games are played, the pitch should be 40m in length and 20m in width.
These dimensions are obligatory for the FIFA Futsal World Cup. The pitch should
have the precise markings illustrated.
Substitution zones
The substitution zones are the areas on the touch line in front of the team benches,
the purpose of which is described in Law 3 of the Futsal Laws of the Game. They
are situated in front of the technical area and are 5m in length. They are marked at
each end with a line that is 80cm in length, 40cm of which is drawn on the pitch
and 40cm off the pitch, and 8cm wide. The area in front of the timekeeper’s table
5m to either side of the halfway line is kept clear.
Auxiliary area
Additional flat areas are required beside the pitch. This area should also allow for
the circulation of ball kids, medical staff and security staff. It is recommended that
this be a minimum of 10m on the tunnel side, 5m on the side opposite the tunnel
and 5m on each goal side. This results in an overall pitch and auxiliary area of 50m
in length and 35m in width.
Warm-up areas
Behind each substitutes’ bench, an area of 10m x 5m should be kept free (and
marked) to allow the substitutes of each team to warm up during the match. These
areas should be slightly displaced to the sides, so as not to disturb the operations at
the centre of the pitch.
Football StadiUMS 205

206. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Diagram 11a:
Futsal pitch dimensions
Substitutes’ bench
r = 0.25m 5m 5m
5m Referees’ table
r = 0.25m 5m 5m
5m
5m
10m 3m
6m
5m 5m
10m 3m
6m
5m
5m
5m
Pitch quality
The pitch must be flat, absolutely smooth and its surface should not be abrasive. It
should be of wood or artificial material and in perfect condition. For a FIFA Futsal
World Cup, the quality of the playing surface has to be approved by FIFA.
Advertising boards around playing area
When constructing a new hall, account must be taken of the fact that the spectators’
lines of sight must not be obstructed by the advertising boards which may be erected
around the pitch. The main camera platform must be able to view the advertising
boards constantly. The advertising boards should be connected to both the normal
and the emergency power supply.
Advertising boards normally have a height of 70cm. The minimum distances
between the boundary lines of the pitch and the advertising boards should be 3m
on the touch lines and 3m behind the goal lines.
206 Football StadiUMS

207. Team benches
There should be 2 substitutes’ benches. They should be situated off the pitch, either
side of the halfway line, parallel to the touch line and at a distance of 4m from the
pitch. The nearest point of each bench to the halfway line should be at least 5m
from the point where the halfway line meets the touch line. The benches should be
equidistant from the touch line and the halfway line.
Each bench should be capable of accommodating up to 15 people for international
games and the FIFA Futsal World Cup. Seats should have backrests. Benches should be
placed at ground level and they should not obstruct spectators’ views. The technical
area in front of each team bench is described in the Futsal Laws of the Game.
Timekeeper’s table
There should be 1 timekeeper’s table. It should be positioned off the pitch, level
with the halfway line and on the same side as the substitution zones, at a distance
of 2.5m from the pitch. It should be equipped with a suitable chronometer, the
necessary equipment to keep a record of the accumulated fouls and to make
acoustic signals, as well as a connection to the central scoreboard. The table must
be big enough to accommodate 5 chairs.
Football StadiUMS 207

208. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
11.2 p Futsal players and match officials
Dressing rooms
Player areas
Position: main stand
They should provide direct, protected access to the playing area and be inaccessible
to the public and the media.
Number: 4 separate dressing rooms
Minimum size: 64m²
Player areas should be well ventilated with fresh air; be air-conditioned and centrally
heated; have easily cleanable floors and walls of hygienic material; and have non-
slip floors and be brightly lit.
Dressing rooms should have bench seating for at least 18 people; clothes-hanging
facilities or lockers for at least 18 people; a refrigerator; a tactical demonstration board;
1 desk; 4 chairs; 2 massage tables; and an ice machine. The massage or treatment
area should be separated from, and immediately adjacent to, the player area.
Toilets and sanitary facilities should be immediately adjacent to, and with direct
private access from, the dressing room. Each room should have a minimum of 6
showers, 4 washbasins with mirrors, 1 foot basin, 3 urinals, 3 WCs (seats), 2 electric
shaving points and 2 hairdryers.
Coaches’ offices
Position: adjacent to the teams’ dressing rooms
Number: 2 separate offices
Minimum size: 16m²
Coaches’ offices should be well ventilated with fresh air; be air-conditioned
and centrally heated; have easily cleanable walls of hygienic material; have non-
slip floors and be brightly lit. Coaches’ offices should have: 1 shower, 1 toilet,
3 lockers, 1 desk, 4 chairs and a whiteboard.
Referees’ dressing rooms
Referees’ area
Position: main stand
They should provide direct, protected access to the playing area and be inaccessible
to the public and the media. They should be separate from, but close to, the teams’
dressing rooms.
Number: 2 separate dressing rooms
Minimum size: 30m²
208 Football StadiUMS

209. Referees’ areas should be well ventilated with fresh air; be air-conditioned and
centrally heated; have easily cleanable floors and walls of hygienic material; have
non-slip floors and be brightly lit.
Referees’ areas should have clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for 5 people;
5 chairs or bench seating for 5 people; a table with 2 chairs; a massage table and
a refrigerator.
Toilets and sanitary facilities should be immediately adjacent to, and with direct
private access from, the dressing room. They should have a minimum of: 2 showers,
1 washbasin with mirror, 1 urinal, 1 toilet, 1 electric shaving point and 1 hairdryer.
First aid and treatment room
This room should be used by players, match officials, VIPs and security personnel.
Position: in the dressing room area and as close to the teams’ dressing rooms and
the pitch as possible, with easy access to the outside entrance directly to emergency
vehicles. The doors and corridors leading to this room should be wide enough to
allow access for stretchers and wheelchairs.
Minimum size: 20m².
The room should have an examination table; 2 portable stretchers (in addition to
those at the pitch-side); a washbasin (hot water); a low foot basin (hot water); a
glass cabinet for medicines; a lockable non-glass cabinet; a treatment table and
a telephone (external / internal). The room should have walls or partitions which
enable it to be divided into two when necessary. In addition, the room needs to be
equipped with:
– defibrillator with rhythm and patient data recording
– cardiac monitor
– external cardiac pacing
– infusion mounting and system with all equipment for injections and infusions set,
including venous indwelling cannulae
– infusion system which is designed to allow administration of fluid warmed to
37°C +/- 2°C
– pressure infusion device, volumetric infusing device
– central vein catheters
– pericardial puncture set
– drug administration equipment
– intubation equipment
– automatic ventilator, stationary oxygen min. 2,000 litres or portable oxygen min.
400 litres, stationary non-manual suction device with minimum negative pressure
of 500mm of mercury with a minimum capacity of 1 litre, capnometer, PEEP-
valve, thorax drainage kit
– immobilisation equipment like vacuum mattress, spinal board, cervical collar-set
Football StadiUMS 209

210. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Doping control rooms
Every hall must provide a room for doping control purposes, comprising a waiting
room, a working room and a washing facility, all adjoining.
Position: near the teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms and inaccessible to the
public and the media
Minimum size: 36m² (including WC, working room and waiting room)
The doping control area should be well ventilated with fresh air; be air-conditioned
and centrally heated; have easily cleanable floors, walls of hygienic material and
non-slip floors; and be brightly lit.
The working room should have a desk, 4 chairs, a washbasin and mirror, a telephone
(external/internal) and a cabinet with a lock for sample bottles.
Toilet area
Position: immediately next to, with direct private access to, the working room,
capable of accommodating 2 people. Toilets and sanitary facilities should include
1 WC, 1 washbasin and mirror, and 1 shower.
Waiting room
Position: immediately adjacent to the working room
The waiting room should have sufficient seating for 8 people, a refrigerator and a
television set.
Warm-up areas
Every hall must provide warm-up areas for the teams, so the teams can warm up in
any eventuality, like double-headers.
Position: close to the dressing rooms
Minimum size: 50m² (each)
Number: 2
The warm-up areas should be surrounded by plain walls with no protrusions. The
wall surface should have shock-absorbent material to prevent collision injuries and
a loose net below the ceiling. Areas should be ventilated with fresh air, be air-
conditioned and should be brightly illuminated with lights which are protected
against damage.
Match delegates’ area
Every hall must provide offices for the match delegates.
Position: near the teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms, preferably with direct,
connecting access to the latter.
Minimum size: 24m²
Number: 2
210 Football StadiUMS

211. The areas should have 2 desks or tables, 4 chairs, a clothes locker, an internet
connection, a telephone (external / internal), a fax, a photocopier and a television
set. Toilet and sanitary facilities should include 1 toilet and 1 washbasin with mirror.
Dressing rooms for ball kids
Every hall must provide dressing rooms for the ball kids.
Minimum size: 50m²
Number: 2
Each room should have 4 WCs, 2 washbasins and 2 showers.
Access from team areas to pitch
The team areas should be located on either side of the players’ tunnel. The tunnel
should be a minimum of 3.5m wide and a minimum of 2.5m high.
Flag display
The hall should have the facility to display at least 5 flags by suitable means,
preferably in a square or circle over the pitch.
Scoreboards and video screens
All modern halls should have some kind of electronic communication with spectators.
This could be a relatively basic scoreboard, or it could be a much more sophisticated
and expensive giant video screen / boards, which can provide instant action replays
or other televised/video entertainment. These screens are often an additional source
of income when used for advertising.
The location of these screens within the hall is an important issue which must be
addressed at an early stage of the design process. Generally, in a hall 4 screens are
used to provide spectators in all areas with an acceptable, direct view. The favoured
positions for them are centrally suspended from the ceiling, in order to avoid visibility
problems for spectators.
The scoreboards are to be connected with the timekeeper (4th referee) table on the
pitch and incorporate all the necessary functions for futsal matches, like precise
timekeeping for reverse and normal count (it is strongly recommended that the clock
displays 6 digits as follows: 19:45:66 [minutes: seconds: deciseconds]), a device to
time the two-minute expulsion of up to 4 players simultaneously (2 from each team)
and monitor the accumulation of fouls by each team during each period of play.
Portions of the scoreboards and video screens can be used for displaying messages
during emergencies and should be connected to electrical systems with a three-hour
standby power supply in the event of a normal power outage.
Football StadiUMS 211

212. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Public address system
It is essential that event holders and hall safety / security authorities are capable of
communicating clearly with spectators inside and outside the hall by means of a
sufficiently powerful and reliable public address system. Such a system should:
– have its control centre located in, or immediately adjacent to, the hall control
room, in a position where the operator has a clear, unobstructed view of the
whole hall
– capable of addressing messages exclusively to individual sectors of the hall,
be
including banks of turnstiles, internal rooms, hospitality suites and blocks of seating
– capable of having its volume automatically increased to guarantee that
be
messages will always be audible to spectators even when sudden increases in
the crowd noise level occur, e.g. the scoring of a goal during the delivery of
a safety message would cause the volume level of the system to instantly and
automatically rise above the surge in crowd noise levels
– have an override which would permit the hall controller to cut in to any separate
sound in the event of an emergency
– have an emergency, alternative power supply which would ensure that the
system remained operative without interruption in the event of a power failure
for a minimum period of 6 hours
Where there is an adequate level of funding, hall owners may wish to consider
installing a hall sound system as opposed to the more basic, and less expensive,
public address system. A sound system is much more effective for relaying music
and speech, and with proper overrides it has recently been able to replace the public
address system, resulting in clearer and more intelligible announcements.
A sound system may also help attract concerts by lesser-known artists but most
major international acts prefer to provide their own state-of-the-art equipment. A
public address system is generally less sophisticated than a sound system and is only
effective for relatively short and straightforward messages.
212 Football StadiUMS

213. Football StadiUMS 213

214. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
11.3 Futsal media areas
p
The venue should be designed to allow for state-of-the-art facilities to bring the For more on media,
highest-quality media coverage of futsal into the homes of millions of people see Chapter 8.
around the world. The general requirements for the media can be reviewed in
Chapter 8, bearing in mind the difference in size for a stadium with a capacity of
60,000 spectators and a hall with a capacity of 12,000 spectators.
Media tribune and commentary positions
There should be easy access to and from other media areas such as the media
centre, the mixed zone and the press conference room. The media tribune should
be designed in a modular way so that its capacity can be significantly increased
when required to stage a major event. If the demand is great, normal spectator
seats should be able to be changed into seats for the press and television reporters.
Commentary positions should be separated by Plexiglas or other suitable means for
the purpose of acoustic separation. While the number of press seats can be defined
according to the national market, the following numbers can serve as reference:
National matches / International matches
National International
matches matches
Press seats with desks 40 100
Press seats without desks 40 50
Internet connections 30% cabled rest wireless 40 100
Telephone sockets 15 40
TV / radio positions with desks and monitors * 2-3 4-5
TV / radio observer seats (no infrastructure only seats) 15 25
Tribune photographers ** 10 30
* position = 3 working people or up to 9 normal seats –
1
necessary technical infrastructure to allow broadcast cabling
** 1 seat each
214 Football StadiUMS

215. Hall media centre
The capacity of the hall media centre (HMC) should be based on the capacity of the
media tribune. For example, for a match with 200 tribune press places, there should
be space for around 60 working spaces in the hall media centre. Of the 200, around
50 would typically stay and work in the tribune, around 50 would go to the mixed
zone and around 50 would leave to go home or to their own editing office. This
would leave 50 to work in the hall media centre. Toilet facilities should be provided
for both sexes. As a guide, 25 per cent of the total number of positions in the media
tribune should be provided as working spaces in the HMC. This number does not
include all visiting media and support staff in the HMC.
Press conference room
The press conference room should have a minimum area of about 100m², subject
to the number of journalists and broadcasters attending the match. As a reference,
a 100-125m² area should provide space for approximately 40 theatre-style seats for
written press and 6-8 camera positions.
The press conference room should be easily accessible from the dressing room
area and should be constructed like a small theatre, with each row of seats slightly
elevated above the one in front.
At one end of the room, preferably at the end nearer to the access door from the
dressing rooms, a platform with a head table should be erected to accommodate
coaches, players, press officers and interpreters as required. A backdrop which can
be easily adapted with various designs should be installed.
At the other end of the room, facing the platform, a podium should be erected,
allowing at least 6 electronic news-gathering (ENG) television crews to set up their
cameras and tripods. The room must be equipped with an appropriate sound system
with fixed microphones for head table, roving microphones for QA sessions and
a centralised sound splitter box to avoid having a huge number of microphones in
front of coaches and players.
For major matches, space for interpreting booths should be considered to be able to
provide simultaneous interpreting.
Football StadiUMS 215

216. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Mixed zone and flash interview positions
Mixed zone
A mixed zone is a large, clear space between the players’ dressing rooms and the
private exit door through which the players must pass when leaving the hall to their
team buses. The purpose of the mixed zone is to permit representatives of the media
to talk to and interview the players as they pass through. It is essential to have separate
access for the media and the players. The area must be inaccessible to the public.
The space required will vary according to the importance of the match and thus
participating number of media. As a reference for good working conditions, about
2.5m² of space should be calculated per journalist. On average, 300m² would
comfortably accommodate about 40-60 media representatives.
Flash interview positions
The flash interview positions are used to transmit live interviews immediately after
the match or interviews with coaches at the beginning or the end of the half-time
interval. Such positions must be located between the dressing room area and the
pitch. The most appropriate location would be 1, preferably 2, areas incorporated
into the access tunnel leading to the pitch – if space allows and the tunnel is not
too narrow.
Pitch-level photographer positions
Goal side and opposite touch line – four designated areas, including behind the
goal line at the corner and extending along the touch line to the halfway line on the
opposite side from the main stand should be allocated to photographers at pitch
level. For an average match, there should be about 30 positions with chairs and,
if possible, wireless or cabled internet connections as well as electricity plugs. The
access must be limited to selected photographers with a special access device, such
as a photographer bib. A dedicated entrance to pitch level must be identified and
should be easy accessible with heavy equipment.
Media park
On average, media parking spaces should be allocated for 30 per cent of the accredited /
registered media for the respective match or tournament. For photographers, it is
advised to look at venues as close as possible to the stadium as they usually carry
heavy equipment.
216 Football StadiUMS

217. TV
Camera views to be considered
There are many possible camera positions which can be used to create the televised
experience. The camera positions illustrated are used for the FIFA Futsal World Cup.
A lighting specification should take account of the actual camera positions to be
used in order to ensure that each camera receives sufficient light, from which good-
quality video can be created. Where required, the additional advice of an appropriate
television broadcaster or a regional television consortium can be sought.
Camera positions
Venue/space requirements
The arena must have suitable access for television coverage and allow for camera
positions around the playing surface. All camera placements must allow an
uninterrupted view of the whole playing area and surroundings, including team
benches. No roof supports, pillars or stanchions should obstruct the movement, or
be in the direct line of sight of any camera and the playing surface.
Football StadiUMS 217

218. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Upper tier Beauty Diagram 11b:
12
Upper tier Lower tier Camera plan
Camera plan
Beauty
12
Lower tier Pitch level Camera plan Steady camera
11 Steady camera
Pitch level
11 Steady camera camera
Handheld camera
Handheld
Bench
Handheld camera
Bench
10
6 7
SSM SSM 10
6 7
SSM SSM
8 4 3 5 9
Handheld Handheld
8 4 3 8 5 9
Flash interview
Handheld Handheld
8
Flash interview
1 2
1 2
Upper tier
Diagram 11c:
Upper tier
Lower tier On-pitch equipment planplan
On-pitch equipment
Pitch level
Lower tier Uni pitch EFP/ENG
Uni pitch EFP/ENG
On-pitch equipment plan
positions
positions
Pitch level
Uni pitch EFP/ENG
Uni pitch reporter
Uni pitch reporter
positions
positions
positions
Uni pitch reporter
Uni MCP EFP/ENG
Uni MCP EFP/ENG
positions
positions
positions
Uni MCP EFP/ENG
Multi flash interview
Mulit flash
positions
interview positions
position
Mulit Uni flash interview
flash interview
Uni flash interview
position
position
position
Uni flash interview
Uni pitch presentation
Uni pitch presentation
position
position
position
Uni pitch presentation
Multi pre- / post-match
Main camera platform Mulit pre/post match
position
announcer positions
announce positions
Main camera platform Mulit pre/post match
announce positions
218 Football StadiUMS

219. Platforms
Main cameras (MC1, MC2): in the central stand situated at the halfway line at the
point of intersection between the line to the nearest touch line forming an angle of
20º to 30º with the horizontal, and that to the centre of the field forming an angle
of 12º to 16º to the horizontal. If it is not practically possible to install the cameras
at this exact position, then they will be placed at the nearest point within the sector
formed by these two lines. The overall dimensions of the space allocated for the
main cameras should be a minimum of 3m x 8m.
Goal cameras (GHiL, GHiR): behind each goal, situated on the longitudinal axis of
the playing field, at a height which permits the penalty spot to be seen above the
crossbar of the goal. The angle of the line of sight to the horizontal should be
between 12º and 15º, to the extent that the stadium structure reasonably permits.
Space of 2.5m x 2.5m for platforms should be available at both ends.
Ground level
Atmosphere cameras of a fixed (GL) or portable (HH) type: 1 fixed camera, slightly
elevated, situated at the halfway line on the same side as the main cameras (exact
position to be decided on site between TV station and general coordinator), and up
to 2 hand-held cameras along the touch line on the same side as the main cameras;
the procedures for the use of such cameras is to be agreed between FIFA and the
host broadcaster. FIFA and the LOC shall ensure that there is no opposition by any
third party to the use of portable cameras for that purpose.
Pitch level close-up cameras
1 fixed camera located to the left of the left-hand team bench. 1 fixed camera
located to the right-hand side of the right-hand team bench.
Other camera positions
Reverse position: 1 camera position (MCRe) on the reverse side of the stadium for
substitutions, video replays and slow-motion coverage.
Beauty camera: either a remote-controlled mini camera fixed to the roof of the
arena or manned high up in a corner at a suitable place, offering a view over the
entire arena. If manned, a platform of 2.5m x 2.5m would be required.
Football StadiUMS 219

220. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
1 Field of play
1.01 Pitch 1 12 800 40 x 20
1.02 Pitch quality 1 12 800 40 x 20
1.03 Players‘ tunnel 1 40 35 3.5 x 10
1.04 Pitch to spectator seats at tunnel 10
1.05 Substitutes‘ bench / seats 2 15 7.5 15 seats x 0.5m
1.06 3rd referee / timekeeper‘s table 1 5 4 5 seats x 0.8m
1.07 Infotainment desk 1 4 4 4x1
1.08 Photographers‘ positions 4 30-50
1.09 Players‘ warm-up area 2 9 50 10 x 5
1.10 Pitch to spectator seat – goal side 2 5
1.11 Pitch to spectator seat – opposite tunnel 1 5
1.12 Advertising board pitch perimeter 3
1.13 Blind side advertising board (pitch side)
1.14 Service tunnel 2 4
1.15 Video screens 4 1
1.16 Scoreboards 4 2
1.17 Interior hall bowl flags 1
1.18 Floodlights 1
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
220 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

221. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Overall pitch and auxiliary area: length: 50m, width: 35m
The pitch must be flat, absolutely smooth and its surface should not be abrasive.
It should be of wood and in perfect condition.
Main stand It can be extended with an extendable tunnel protector, wide enough to take
4 persons – optional.
Incorporate barrier or seat kills – depending on distance and height of sepctator seats in relation
to the pitch. Min. 10m.
Main stand 15 seats for 9 substitutes and 6 officials in designated positions next to the pitch on the main
stand side. Low back cover. Distance between bench and touchline is at least 4m depending on
hall layout (avoiding seat kills). Seats should have backrests.
Main stand Positioned off the pitch, level with the halfway line and on the same side as the substitution
zones and at a distance of 3 metres from the pitch. It should be equipped with a suitable
chronometer, the necessary equipment to keep a record of the accumulated fouls and to make
acoustic signals, as well as a connection to the central scoreboard.
Main stand This is the location from which hall audio operations are controlled and requires power and data
points. Incorporate noise reduction elements into the design.
Goal side and Four designated positions to include behind the goal line at the corner and extending up to
opposite touchline halfway line on touchline on opposite side to main stand.
Behind each The are where the substitutes warm up during the match. Behind each substitutes’ bench, an
substitutes’ bench area of 10 x 5m should be kept free (and marked). These areas should be slightly displaced to the
sides, so as not to disturb the operations at the centre of the pitch.
Goal side Incorporate barrier or seat kills – depending on distance and height of sepctator seats
in relation to the pitch. Min. 5m.
Opposite main stand Incorporate barrier or seat kills – depending on distance and height of sepctator seats
in relation to the pitch. Min. 5m.
Pitch The advertising boards should be connected to both normal and emergency power supply to
operate mechanical or electronic system. Advertising boards normally have a height of 70-90cm.
The minimum distances between the boundary lines of the pitch and the advertising boards
should be:
– On the touchline opposite to the tunnel: 3m
– Behind the goal lines: 3m
Pitch Blindside boards are static. Can be attached to the fencing / walls in front of spectator stands.
Pitch level Four tunnels, one at every corner of the pitch – one of them with height to accommodate service
vehicles (min. 5m).
Centrally suspended from Four-sided.
the ceiling, over the pitch
Centrally suspended from The scoreboards are to be connected with the timekeeper (4th referee) table on the pitch and
the ceiling, over the pitch incorporate all the necessary functions for futsal matches: precise timekeeping for reverse and
normal count (clock display of six digits as follows: 19:45:66 [minutes: seconds: deciseconds]),
a device to show the periods, the two-minute expulsion of up to four players simultaneously
(2 from each team) and the accumulation of fouls by each team during each period of play.
The information is to be shown on every side of the video screen / scoreboard.
Sufficient space to accomodate a minimum of seven flags opposite the main stand,
five flags behind each goal and one flag above the main stand.
The floodlights are for the illumination of the field of play, yielding a shadowless environment
and in accordance with FIFA TV requirements. Please refer to the Technical Annex.
Football StadiUMS 221

222. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
2 Dressing rooms (changing rooms)
2.01 Team A dressing room 1 18 64 8x8
2.02 Showers 6 6 9 6 x 1.5m
2.03 Coach team A 1 1 16 4x4
2.04 Kit manager team A 1 1 12 4x3
2.05 Team B dressing room 1 18 64 8x8
2.06 Showers 6 6 9 6 x 1.5m
2.07 Coach team B 1 1 16 4x4
2.08 Kit manager team B 1 1 12 4x3
2.09 Team C dressing room 1 18 64 8x8
2.10 Showers 6 6 9 6 x 1.5m
2.11 Coach team C 1 1 16 4x4
2.12 Kit manager team C 1 1 12 4x3
2.13 Team D dressing room 1 18 64 8x8
2.14 Showers 6 6 9 6 x 1.5m
2.15 Coach team D 1 1 16 4x4
2.16 Kit manager team D 1 1 12 4x3
2.17 Referees 1 1 5 30 6x5
2.18 Referees 2 1 5 30 6x5
2.19 Referees‘ showers 2 2 3 2 x 1.5m
2.20 Referees‘ showers 2 2 3 2 x 1.5m
2.21 Entertainers / ceremonies changing room TBD TBD 60 10 x 6
2.22 Players‘ indoor warm-up area 2 15 60 10 x 5
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
222 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

223. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Main stand Bench seating for at least 18 people, clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for at least 18 people,
a refrigerator, a tactical demonstration board, 1 desk, 4 chairs, 2 massage tables and an ice
machine. The massage or treatment area should be separated from, and immediately adjacent to,
the dressing space.
Main stand Also, 4 washbasins with mirrors, 1 foot basin, 3 urinals, 3 toilets, 2 electric shaving points and 2
hair dryers.
Main stand 1 shower, 1 toilet, 3 lockers, 1 desk, 4 chairs and a whiteboard
Main stand Optional.
Main stand Bench seating for at least 18 people, clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for at least 18 people,
a refrigerator, a tactical demonstration board, 1 desk, 4 chairs, 2 massage tables and an ice
machine. The massage or treatment area should be separated from, and immediately adjacent to,
the dressing space.
Main stand Also, 4 washbasins with mirrors, 1 foot basin, 3 urinals, 3 toilets, 2 electric shaving points and 2
hair dryers.
Main stand 1 shower, 1 toilet, 3 lockers, 1 desk, 4 chairs and a whiteboard
Main stand Optional.
Main stand Bench seating for at least 18 people, clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for at least 18 people,
a refrigerator, a tactical demonstration board, 1 desk, 4 chairs, 2 massage tables and an ice
machine. The massage or treatment area should be separated from, and immediately adjacent to,
the dressing space.
Main stand Also, 4 washbasins with mirrors, 1 foot basin, 3 urinals, 3 toilets, 2 electric shaving points and 2
hair dryers.
Main stand 1 shower, 1 toilet, 3 lockers, 1 desk, 4 chairs and a whiteboard
Main stand Optional.
Main stand Bench seating for at least 18 people, clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for at least 18 people,
a refrigerator, a tactical demonstration board, 1 desk, 4 chairs, 2 massage tables and an ice
machine. The massage or treatment area should be separated from, and immediately adjacent to,
the dressing space.
Main stand Also, 4 washbasins with mirrors, 1 foot basin, 3 urinals, 3 toilets, 2 electric shaving points and 2
hair dryers.
Main stand 1 shower, 1 toilet, 3 lockers, 1 desk, 4 chairs and a whiteboard
Main stand Optional.
Main stand Clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for 5 people, 5 chairs or bench seating for 5 people,
a table with 2 chairs, a massage table and a refrigerator.
Main stand Clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for 5 people, 5 chairs or bench seating for 5 people,
a table with 2 chairs, a massage table and a refrigerator.
Main stand 2 showers, 1 washbasin with mirror, 1 urinal, 1 toilet, 1 electric shaving point and
1 hair dryer.
Main stand 2 showers, 1 washbasin with mirror, 1 urinal, 1 toilet, 1 electric shaving point and
1 hair dryer.
Main stand Required for opening and final matches
Main stand Located next to the players‘ dressing room. Covered walls and non-slippery floor to allow the
teams to warm up in case of double-headers.
Football StadiUMS 223

224. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
3 Medical facilities
3.01 Stretcher-bearers’ and medical team area 1 6 6 12
3.02 First aid and treatment room 1 4 20 20
3.03 Medical officer‘s room 1 2 incl. 3.02
4 Doping control
4.01 Waiting room 1 8 16 16
4.02 Medical office 1 4 12 12
4.03 Toilet 1 2 4 4
5 FIFA offices and meeting rooms
5.01 General coordinator‘s office 1 2-3 16 4x4
5.02 Players‘ escorts’ room / youth programme 2 40 50 10 x 5
5.03 FIFA media officer 1 3 30 6x5
5.04 FIFA IT room 1 4 30 6x5
5.05 FIFA hospitality office 1 2-4 16 4x4
5.06 Match day operations ticketing office 1 3
5.07 Match commissioner 1 1-3 24 6x4
5.08 Head of delegation 1 1 incl. 5.07
5.09 Technical Study Group 1 2-3 incl. 5.07
5.10 Referees commission member 1 incl. 5.07
5.11 Referees assessor 1 incl. 5.07
5.12 Referees video specialist (tbc) 1 30 6x5
5.13 Meeting room (crisis management) 10 incl. 5.07
5.14 FIFA marketing event management office 1 4-6 40 4 x 10
5.15 Marketing and TV rights protection 1 2 40 4 x 10
programme
5.16 Coca-Cola logistics office 1 2 25 5x5
5.17 Protocol office 1 4 25 5x5
5.18 Mascot dressing room 1 4 16 4x4
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
224 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

225. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Pitch Close to one players‘ bench – the position for the medical personnel on the pitch.
Main stand With easy access to the outside entrance directly to emergency vehicles. The doors and corridors
leading to this room should be wide enough to allow access for stretchers and wheelchairs. Used
for players, match officials, media and security personnel working close to the pitch.
Main stand The area where players wait to be tested. Connected to the waiting room and the medical office.
Air-conditioned and well ventilated.
Main stand Close to the teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms and inaccessible to the public and the media.
Main stand Toilets must be linked to the medical office and large enough for two people.
Main stand 1 desk or table, 3 chairs, a clothes locker, an internet connection, a telephone (external / internal),
a fax, a photocopier and a television set. Toilet and sanitary facilities should include 1 WC and 1
washbasin with mirror.
Main stand Provide boys‘ and girls‘ changing rooms with toilets. The entire youth programme should be
housed in one room (player escorts, flag bearers, ball kids). TV with clean broadcast signal
required, DVD, tables and chairs, refrigerator.
Main stand Close to the general coordinator‘s office. Could be shared with another FIFA person.
Main stand Could be shared with space within broadcast compound secure location,
easily accesible during match day.
Main stand Adjacent to hospitality areas.
Main stand
Main stand As close as possible to GC office. Toilet and sanitary facilities should include 1 WC and
1 washbasin with mirror.
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand / control room Requires a clean TV / broadcast feed
Main stand
Main stand Used on match days, ideally next to the FIFA MTV rights protection programme office,
but not in the restricted competitions area (zone 2).
Main stand Within close proximity to the general coordinator‘s office.
Main stand For Coca-Cola staff to manage deliveries and quantities of VIK and product concessions.
Located within the secure permiter of the hall. Good access to public concession areas.
Main stand VIP lounge match day operations office should be located close to the VIP reception desk.
Main stand On pitch level, easy access from parking, can have access via service tunnel.
Football StadiUMS 225

226. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
5 FIFA offices and meeting rooms
5.20 Match coordination / meeting room 1 40 60 6 x 10
5.21 General coordinator storage room 1 20 20 4x5
5.22 Advertising board storage 1 100 10 x 10
5.23 FIFA security officer 1 incl. 5.07
5.24 FIFA IT storage 1 60 10 x 6
6 LOC offices and meeting rooms
6.01 LOC venue manager 1 2 30 6x5
6.02 LOC venue manager assistant 1 incl. 6.01
6.03 LOC hall manager 1 20 4x5
6.04 LOC technical director 1 50 10 x 5
6.05 LOC IT coordinator 1 20 4x5
6.06 LOC signage office 1 20 4x5
6.07 LOC infotainment manager incl. 6.04
6.08 LOC logistic manager incl. 6.04
6.09 LOC transportation manager incl. 6.04
6.10 LOC marketing manager incl. 6.04
6.11 LOC spare office incl. 6.04
6.12 LOC accreditation manager incl. 6.04
6.13 LOC medical officer incl. 6.04
6.14 Drivers’ room 1 TBD 40 4 x 10
6.15 LOC security officer 1 16 4x4
6.16 LOC hospitality 1 16 4x4
6.17 LOC protocol incl. 5.17
6.18 LOC catering manager 1 16 4x4
6.19 LOC coordination office 1 16 4x4
6.20 LOC volunteer manager 1 16 4x4
6.21 LOC general offices 9 16 4x4
6.22 LOC media officer 1 16 4x4
6.23 Ceremony management 1 40 8 x 10
7 Access control points
7.01 Turnstiles
7.02 Mag and bag area
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
226 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

227. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Main stand Only used the day previous to the match – nice ambience to welcome the team delegation.
Within the hall secure perimeter.
Main stand Can be located within or adjacent to the general coordinator‘s office – needs to be 100% secured.
Close proximity to the Close proximity to service tunnels.
service tunnels
Within hall perimeter Used for storage of IT-related assets prior to the deployment phase and during the deinstallation.
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
tbc
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Separates the security zones
Football StadiUMS 227

228. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
7 Access control points
7.03 Vehicle search areas
7.04 Ticket clearing points 4 2 4
8 Retail shops – food
8.01 Merchandise outlets
8.02 Merchandise storage TBD
9 Hospitality areas – hall
9.01 Skyboxes / hospitality suites 12-20 6-10 TBD
9.02 Commercial hospitality kitchen 1 according to capacity TBD
9.03 VIP lounge 1 200-400 150 10 x 15
9.04 VVIP lounge 1 50-100 100 10 x 10
9.05 FIFA President‘s lounge 1 6 18 6x3
9.06 LOC President‘s lounge 1 6 18 6x3
9.07 Security personnel / drivers 1 50 50 50 x 1
Opening + final – 50 drivers
9.08 VIP flash interview 2 4 16 4x4
9.09 VIP medical room 1 according to capacity
9.10 VIP kitchen 1 according to capacity TBD
9.11 VIP reception desk 1 10 2x3
9.12 VIP tribune 1 200-500
9.13 VVIP tribune 1 50-100
10 Hospitality areas – within hall perimeter
10.01 Commercial affiliate hospitality village 1 TBD 5 to 5.6m² per occupancy based on order and capacity
10.02 Commercial hospitality 1 TBD 4.6m² per occupancy based on order and capacity
11 Media interview areas
11.01 Multilateral flash interview 2 4 6 3x3
11.02 Unilateral flash interview 2 4 6 3x3
11.03 Presentation studio 8x5
11.04 TV studio – FIFA interview studio 8x5
11.05 Mixed zone 1 60-80 300 based on order and capacity
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
228 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

229. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Main entrances Number of clearing points subject to the number of access points to the turnstiles.
All public zones Build temporary facilities if necessary, based on hall capacity
Close proximity to the merchandise outlets
Adjacent to
hospitality lounges
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand High-quality sofas and armchairs
Main stand
Main stand
Used by FIFA and LOC protocol
Divided 50 / 50 between LOC and FIFA. Capacity according to the match. Seating of superior
grade, separated from the general seating. Direct access to the VIP lounge.
Divided 50 / 50 between LOC and FIFA. Capacity according to the match. Seating of superior
grade, separated from the general seating. Direct access to the VIP lounge. Private entrance.
300m from centre of hall
300m from centre of hall
Players’ tunnel Near tunnel entrance. Cable pathways to be identified. Technical and domestic power.
Players’ tunnel Near tunnel entrance. Cable pathways to be identified. Technical and domestic power.
Main stand TBD
Close to dressing room TBD
area
Players’ exit Between dressing room and players’ buses. Size and layout to be finalised.
Football StadiUMS 229

230. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
12 Press conference room
12.01 Press conference room 1 40-100 125-150 10 x 10
12.02 Head table 1 6 incl. 12.01
12.03 Interpreting booths 2 2-4 incl. 12.01
12.04 Camera platform 1 1 incl. 12.01 2 x 10
13 Media areas – tribune
13.01 Desk positions 1 50-150 150 150
13.02 Observer seats 1 25
13.03 Tribune photographers 1 10-30
13.04 Commentary positions 5 15
13.05 Cableways
14 Main media centre – hall media centre
14.01 IT helpdesk for media centre and media 1
tribunes (with lockable storage for telcom
partner and servicing material)
14.02 Welcome and information desk 1
14.03 Media catering area – subject to final 1
expected media attendance
14.04 Pigeon holes 1
14.05 Ticket issue desk 1 2
14.06 Host city information desk (not compulsory
subject to interest by the host country / host
city to operate)
14.07 SMC media work desks – after group stage 100
14.08 SMC media work desks – group stage only 80
14.09 SMC photographer work desks – 50
after group stage
14.10 SMC photographer work desks – 30
group stage only
14.11 SMC lockers – after group stage 50
14.12 SMC lockers – group stage only 30
14.13 Vending machine
14.14 FIFA media office incl. Media Channel 1 6 200
and FIFA.com editors
14.15 Media storage room
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
230 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

231. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Main stand For group matches min. 125m2 with 40 seats and 8 TV platform positions – detailed requirements
to be adjusted to local standards.
Main stand Fixed microphones plus 3 roving microphones for questions by media –
professional sound system.
Main stand FIFA official languages are: Spanish, French, English, German – for post-match press conference
only languages of the teams into English.
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand For final: 6 commentary positions.
Main stand
Media centre
Media centre
Media centre
Media centre
SMC
SMC
SMC
SMC
SMC
SMC
SMC Size of lockers (trolleys for photographers)
SMC Size of lockers (trolleys for photographers)
SMC
SMC Office area
SMC Office area
Football StadiUMS 231

232. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
14 Main media centre – hall media centre
14.16 Offices SMC LOC 1 6 100
14.17 Volunteer rest area 1 8 100
14.18 Copy area
14.19 SMC meeting room 1 20 80
14.20 Information services 1 2 40
15 Broadcast compounds
15.01 Broadcast compound 1 5,000
15.02 FIFA, FBST, HBS office space 1 25 5x5
16 Broadcast areas
16.01 Commentary control room 1 20 80
16,02 Announcer platform 4 4 8
16.03 Rate card technical areas 1 2 10
17 Camera positions
17.01 Main camera platform 1 1 24 3x8
(Camera 1 2 plus unilateral cameras)
17.02 Camera 3 2 1 4 2.5 x 2.5m
17.03 Camera 4 5 2 1 4 2.5 x 2.5m
17.04 Camera 6 7 1 1 4 2.5 x 2.5m
17.05 Camera 8 9 2 1 4 2.5 x 2.5m
17.06 Camera 10 1 1 4 2.5 x 2.5m
17.07 Camera 11 1 1 4 2.5 x 2.5m
17.08 Camera 12 1 1 4 2.5 x 2.5m
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
232 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

233. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
SMC Office area
SMC Office area
SMC Office area
Behind main stand Incl. portacabin, water-borne sewage, cable bridge, cables and broadcasters, on flat ground,
truck access, portacabin by LOC – 300m² to HBS.
Either in or adjacent to
broadcast compound
Main stand Reduce cabling, non-rights holders
Main stand
Halfway line – main stand In the main stand, situated at the halfway line at the point of intersection between the line to the
nearest touchline forming an angle of 20º to 30º with the horizontal, and that to the centre of
the field forming an angle of 12º to 16º to the horizontal. If it is not practically possible to install
the cameras at this exact position, then they will be placed at the nearest point within the sector
formed by these two lines. The overall dimensions of the space allocated for the main cameras
should be a minimum of 3 metres x 8 metres.
Halfway line – pitch
Field level close-up cameras 1 fixed camera located to the left of the left-hand team bench. 1 fixed camera located to the
right-hand side of the right-hand team bench.
Goal line Behind each goal line on level of field
Pitch level Hand-held cameras along the touchline on the same side as the main cameras
Behind goal camera Behind the right goal, situated on the longitudinal axis of the playing field, at a height which
permits the penalty spot to be seen above the crossbar of the goal. The angle of the line of
sight to be horizontal should be between 12º and 15º, to the extent that the stadium structure
reasonably permits. Space of 2.5 metres x 2.5 metres for platform should be available.
Raised reverse position One (1) camera position on the reverse side of the stadium for substitutions, video replays and
slow motion coverage.
Roof Beauty camera: either a remote-controlled mini-camera fixed to the roof of the arena or manned
high up in a corner at a suitable place, offering a view over the entire arena. If manned, a
platform of 2.5 metres x 2.5 metres would be required.
Football StadiUMS 233

234. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
18 Spectator areas
18.01 Food and beverage concessions TBD TBD TBD TBD
18.02 Commercial display – partner 6 200 1200
18.03 Commercial display – supporter 8 100 800
18.04 Commercial display – supplier 6 50 300
18.05 Commercial display – host city 1 100 100
18.06 Commercial display – LOC 1 100 100
18.07 Merchandise stands
18.08 ATM min. 3 TBD TBD TBD
(tbc)
18.09 Official licensed product concessions A 6-10 TBD 6x3 18
18.10 Official licensed product concessions B 6-10 TBD 10 x 5 50
18.11 Official licensed product concessions C 6-10 TBD 10 x 15 150
19 Ceremonies
19.01 Entertainers’ changing rooms
19.02 Participants’ holding Area
19.03 Participants’ changing rooms
19.04 Prop store
20 Accreditation centre
20.01 Security desk 1 2
20.02 Queuing area 1 20
20.03 Welcome desk 1 4
20.04 Photograph desks 4 4
20.05 Print station 1 4
20.06 Offices 3 2
20.07 Lounge and refreshments 1 6
20.08 IT office 1 3 15 3x5
21 Public address systems
21.01 Sound control room 1 3 20 4x5
21.02 Security room 1 30 20 4x5
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
234 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

235. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Hall perimeter
Hall perimeter Each partner: 100m2 plus space in between each booth (x15), 30m2 per supplier (x6) and
charity campaigns. Power supply, access to water supply and waste facilities, temporary toilets,
merchandising stands and food beverage concessions, surface needs to be level, drainable,
not chance for lot of dust
Hall perimeter
Hall perimeter
Hall perimeter
Hall perimeter
Internal hall perimeter Depends on contract with service provider, ISDN line and normal power supply
Internal hall perimeter Size and quantity is dependent on the event hosted (opening and final matches)
Internal hall perimeter Size and quantity is dependent on the event hosted (opening and final matches)
Internal hall perimeter Size and quantity is dependent on the event hosted (opening and final matches)
Main stand and tunnels Ceremony requirements will be decided when the ceremony concept is available, additional
camera positions may be used for opening and closing ceremonies
Main stand and tunnels
Main stand and tunnels
Main stand and tunnels
Outside turnstiles All areas are increased for the opening match.
Outside turnstiles
Outside turnstiles
Outside turnstiles
Outside turnstiles
Outside turnstiles
Outside turnstiles
VOC
VOC
Football StadiUMS 235

236. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
22 Service compounds
22.01 Merchandise storage 1 20 500 500
22.02 Volunteer rest area 1 200 400 400
22.03 Security assembly area 1
22.04 Waste removal 1
22.05 Partner / sponsor / supplier tbc
22.06 Official licence concession store 1:250 TBD TBD TBD
22.07 Food beverage cold storage –
sponsors’ products
23.08 Back-up generator
23 LOC Signage
23.01 LOC office
23.02 Storage
23.03 Work area
24 Parking facilities
24.01 Team coach drop-off 2
24.02 Team car parking 2
24.03 VIP drop-off 2
24.04 VVIP drop-off 1
24.05 VIP cars – group games 50
24.06 VIP cars – opening finals 80
24.07 VIP buses – group games 50
24.08 VIP buses – opening finals 50
24.09 Commercial affiliate – quarter-final 50  10 v
24.10 Commercial affiliate – home 50  10 v
24.11 Commercial affiliate – semi-final 50  10 v
24.12 Commercial affiliate – opening and final 50  10 v
24.13 Commercial hospitality – quarter-final 50  10 v
 cars v buses
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
236 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

237. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Back of house 4m min. height
Back of house
Back of house
Back of house
Back of house
Back of house Add. space req. for insufficient store at concessions and merchandise stores. Stores at concession
stands between 200-250 and 400-500 coolers, 50% of cold storage available as cool houses in
the concession stands, no less than 50%, better to have 70% of stock to sell in coolers and the
back up in the cool houses. There must be 1:250 concession stands per fan
Back of House Used by Coca-Cola and Bud and other food and beverage storage. Ratio for the amount of
product: 150% of the capacity of the venue, e.g. 60,000 seats = 90,000 units. Buffer product to
avoid running out of stock: 30% of stock e.g. 10,000 seats = 15,000 units + 5,000 (buffer units)
= 20,000 units, for venues which are 2 match venues the excess stock to be warehoused in cool
containers on site.
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand 3.8m min. height
Main stand Saloon car parking for 8
Main stand
Main stand on grade Dedicated drop-off with direct access route to VIP lounge by dedicated lift / stairs
Main stand on grade
Main stand on grade
Main stand on grade
Main stand on grade
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Football StadiUMS 237

238. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
24 Parking facilities
24.14 Commercial hospitality – home 50  10 v
24.15 Commercial hospitality – semi-final 50  10 v
24.16 Commercial hospitality – opening and final 50  10 v
24.17 Commercial display
24.18 Partner operations – group
24.19 Partner operations – quarter-final
24.20 Partner operations – home
24.21 Partner operations – semi-final
24.22 Partner operations – opening and final
24.23 FIFA parking
24.24 LOC parking
24.25 TV broadcaster parking – opening, 30
final and semi-final
24.26 TV broadcaster parking – others
24.27 Media parking – after group stage
24.28 Media parking – after group stage
24.29 Media drop-off 1 Shuttle bus
25 Transportation areas
25.01 Airports
25.02 Railway stations
25.03 Coach drop-off
25.04 Park and ride
25.05 Spectator parking
26 Main media centre
26.01 Included in hall media centre
26.02 International broadcast centre TBD
 cars v buses
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
238 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

239. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Close to main stand
entrance
Within hall
Within hall
Outside broadcast area, parking spots for HB and MRLs
Outside broardcast area
Photographers drop-off in front of SMC – parking spaces to be provided for about
30% of total media capacity.
Photographers drop-off in front of SMC – parking spaces to be provided for about
30% of total media capacity.
Off site
Football StadiUMS 239

240. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
27 Official hotels
27.01 FIFA hotel
27.02 Teams TBD
28 Training venues
28.01 Pitch 8-12 40 x 20
28.02 Dressing rooms 8-12 23 100 10 x 10
28.03 Showers 1 6
28.04 Spectator stands tbc
28.05 Press conference tbc
28.06 Floodlights 1
28.07 Security fences
28.08 Parking facilities
29 Referees’ hotel
29.01 Referees’ hotel
30 LOC fan parks
30.01 VIP area
31 LOC public viewing areas
31.01 VIP area
32 Power and lighting
32.01
33 Flag poles
33.01 National flags
33.02 FIFA flags
33.03 FIFA Fair Play flags
33.04 UN flags
33.05 Confederation flags
33.06 IOC flags
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
240 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

241. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Off site 1 official FIFA hotel per venue, with possibility of FIFA VIP hotel as well (required in HQ venue).
FIFA will establish offices in each venue hotel.
Off site
Off site
Main public gathering
Existing halls
TBD
Square or circle
over the pitch
Square or circle
over the pitch
Square or circle
over the pitch
Square or circle
over the pitch
Square or circle
over the pitch
Square or circle
over the pitch
Football StadiUMS 241

242. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
34 Ticketing centre
34.01 Welcome desk
34.02 Front office – group matches, round of 16 1 20 50 5x5
34.03 Front office – quarter-final and semi-final 1 30 50 5x5
34.04 Front office – opening match and finals 1 40 50 5x5
34.05 Queuing area – group matches, 1 75 50 5x5
round of 16
34.06 Queuing area – quarter-final 1 100 50 5x5
34.07 Queuing area – opening match and finals 1 150 50 5x5
34.08 Troubleshooting area 1 10
34.09 Back office – group matches, round of 16 1 5
34.10 Back office – quarter-final, semi-final 1 10
34.11 Back office – opening match and finals 1 10
34.12 Venue manager office 1 2 30 6x5
34.13 Meeting rooms 2 10 30 6x5
34.15 Rest area 1 10 30 6x5
35 Volunteer centre
35.01 Reception desk 1 25
35.02 Offices 4 2
35.03 Volunteer areas 1 250 100 100
36 IT technical areas
36.01 Primary technical area 1 1 30 30
36.02 Primary technical area 2 1 30 30
37 Others
37.01 Central logistics warehouse
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
242 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within hall

243. FUTSAL WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Located at the the FIFA hotel, if needed
2 people at desk positions
Water supply and temporary toilets a necessity. Depends on adjacent facilities
IT installation and temperature control
At the entrance of the IT installation and temperature control in all spaces
security perimeter
Football StadiUMS 243

244. Futsal and
beach soccer
244 Football StadiUMS

245. Futsal and beach soccer are two forms of football which are
growing rapidly across the world. Futsal can be played in
existing multi-purpose sports halls and arenas. Beach soccer
can be played directly on a beach or on a temporary pitch
which has the characteristics of a beach surface.
Football StadiUMS 245

246. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Diagram 11d:
35-37m Beach soccer
pitch dimensions
1-1.5m 1-2m
8-10m
26-28m
9m 9m
5m
11.5 p Beach soccer stadium construction
Capacity
The capacity of each venue will depend on whatever is required locally but if
developers hope that the stadium will be used for major international events – like the
FIFA Beach Soccer World Cup – the stadium should have a seating capacity of around
4,000 seats (at least 4,500 for the FIFA Beach Soccer World Cup), divided into:
– grandstand for the general public with around 3,500 seats
a
– reserved seating for VVIP, VIP and hospitality guests with around 500 seats for
VIPs and 80 seats for VVIPs
– media tribune for press with around 150 seats
a
Area for spectators with disabilities
An area dedicated to people with disabilities, with the following specifications:
– minimum size of 4m x 4m, with direct view to the pitch and easy access for
wheelchairs
– flooring modules
– sufficient ventilation and lighting
246 Football StadiUMS

247. Playing area
Field dimensions
The field of play is 28m wide x 37m long. The perimeter zone is a 2m area that
surrounds the field of play and is measured from the touch lines / goal lines to the
beginning of the signage boards. These signage boards are to be perpendicular to
the sand surface (i.e. not on a slant) to prevent sun glare.
There should be another perimeter zone of 2m between the signage boards and
the beginning of the stands. Therefore, the distance between the goal lines and the
stand structure shall be 4m.
Technical area
Players’ and referees’ benches
Players’ bench area (2 sets)
Minimum size of 6m and sufficient space for 12 players and delegates. It has to be
consistent, with enough space to place fridges or coolers for beverages for each team.
Referees’ table
Minimum size of 2m and space enough for 4 people, 2 tables and 4 chairs or
seats; flooring platform; referees’ tools: 2 horns to indicate the end of each period;
connection to the scoreboard and the clock.
Advertising boards / rotating panels
The advertising boards shall be erected around the pitch. The main camera platform
shall be able to view the advertising boards constantly. The advertising boards
should be connected to both normal and emergency power supply. They will need
a platform underneath the panels for stability. FIFA does not recommend the use of
LED boards for beach soccer, especially for matches played during daylight hours.
Advertising boards normally have a height of 0.90m-1m. The minimum distances
between the boundary lines of the pitch and the advertising boards should be:
on the touch lines: 4m
behind the goal lines: 3m
Scoreboard and clocks
The stadium should have 2 scoreboards with a clock included: 1 to be placed in
1 corner of the pitch, facing the main camera (the big screen can be used as a
scoreboard / clock in that case); and one to be placed under the main tribune, facing
the grandstands.
Football StadiUMS 247

248. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Grandstands
General characteristics
The best set-up for the grandstands is U-shaped, surrounding one of the touch lines
and both goal lines. Ideally, the U shall have a seating capacity of approximately
3,500-4,000 seats. The distribution of seats shall be defined according to the free
space available. As a general guideline, the organiser can follow the following details:
Structure: 1 module of demountable seating in a metallic tubular structure, with
the following characteristics:
– first floor 2m above the ground;
– the steps could be divided in 2 portions separated by a height of 1.5m from
step 9 to 10:
• lower portion with 9 steps
• upper portion with 12 steps (separated by a height of 1.5m from step 9 to 10)
• safety railings around the complete perimeter
• gates in the stair access ways
• 2 arched corners
Starting elevation
The grandstands should have a starting elevation of approximately 2m above the
sand surface.
Railings
The grandstands shall have front, back and side safety railings that should be about
1m high, depending on local regulations.
Free space
All grandstand structures shall leave a recommended internal free space of 47m x 40m
for the playing pitch and its surrounding safety zone and working areas for TV cameras
and photographers.
Safety net
In order to protect spectators in the grandstands, it is required that a safety net at
least 6m high is installed behind each goal. The net should be supported by 4 poles
and be constructed of black netting material with 10cm square mesh.
248 Football StadiUMS

249. Main tribune
General characteristics
– first floor 3m above the ground
– 2 ramps for access
– seating chairs (total 650 units) and 80 units seats for VVIP
– be protected from the elements, measuring 50m x 25m supported on truss
to
and lateral towers to the VIP area
– access stairs in the posterior part, one of them being for TV cabin / transmission
4
with perfect visibility
– VIP and VVIP tribune shall be centrally located, separated from other seating
sections and with an excellent view of the pitch. It shall seat approximately
80 people. They shall be accommodated in comfortable chairs with easy access to
catering and sanitary facilities.
– passenger / service elevator should be provided
Competition area
The competition area is preferably built under the main tribune.
11.6 p Beach soccer players and match officials
Dressing rooms
A total of 4 team dressing rooms shall be available near the players’ lounge, the
warm-up areas and the playing pitch, as follows:
– minimum size of 5m x 3.5m
– enough place to include 1 massage table
– flooring modules
– sufficient ventilation and lighting (air conditioning may be required)
– fridge for beverages
– bench seating for at least 15 people and clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for
at least 15 people
Competition room
A room shall be available in front of the halfway line of the pitch and near to the
referees’ table and the control room. It shall have the following specifications:
– minimum size of 5m x 3.5m, with direct view of the pitch
– flooring modules
– sufficient ventilation and lighting (air conditioning may be required)
– 3 working positions with table, desk and chair
– fridge for beverages
– security locks
Football StadiUMS 249

250. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Referees’ dressing rooms
A total of 2 referees’ dressing rooms shall be available next to the competition
area where the referees will rest between periods. They shall have the following
specifications:
– minimum size of 3m x 3m
– flooring modules
– sufficient ventilation and lighting (air conditioning may be required)
– massage table
– fridge for beverages
– security locks
Players’ tunnel
The players’ tunnel is the place used by players to enter and exit the pitch. It shall
have the following specifications:
– 2m wide, located in front of the halfway line of the pitch, beneath the main
tribune and connecting the players’ dressing rooms with access from both sides
of the tribune
– flooring modules
Teams’ shower area
1 shower area (with approximately 10-12 showers) shall be built for the exclusive
use of the teams and the referees. This area shall be located inside the perimeter of
the stadium and close to the dressing rooms and pitch. The privacy of players and
referees shall be guaranteed.
Control room
Room located close to the centre of the pitch and next to the competitions room. It
shall have the following specifications:
– minimum size of 2m x 3.5m, with direct view to the pitch
– flooring modules
– sufficient ventilation and lighting
Ceremony awards and disc jockey stage
Covered space shall be provided for the event disc jockey and the ceremony awards.
Preferably placed under the main tribune. The control room could be used as
storage for the disc jockey and for the award ceremony material.
Youth programme room
– minimum size of 5m x 5m and located as close as possible to the pitch area, with
quick and direct access to the pitch (a preferred location would be the corner of
the pitch)
– flooring modules
– sufficient ventilation and lighting
250 Football StadiUMS

251. Football StadiUMS 251

252. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Storage for advertising boards
Room for storage of the advertising boards with the following specifications:
– minimum size 2m x 2m and close to the pitch
– flooring modules
– sufficient lighting
VIP and VVIP lounge
Placed at the terrace located in the upper part of the main tribune, the VIP section
shall have an ample area to accommodate all VIPs and VVIPs and sufficient space to
place tables, chairs and bars for catering.
The VIP lounge should be situated on an upper platform adjacent to the last floor,
with a length of approximately 46m and depth of 10m.
Referees’ area
A separate seating area with approximately 50 chairs is recommended, avoiding
proximity to the teams’ tribune.
Facilities /operational areas
Ample space shall be available to accommodate all of the tents / booths listed bellow.
All tents and booths should comply with all applicable building, fire and safety
regulations, and be supplied with proper ventilation (air conditioning) and lighting.
Players’ lounge
1 area for the athletes’ lounge in metallic tubular structure. The players’ lounge shall
be located away from general public areas and as close to the dressing rooms and
warm-up areas as possible, while also meeting the following specifications:
– minimum size of 10m x 10m
– flooring modules
– covering to building with adequate rainwater disposal, measuring 10m x 21m
– fully enclosed for privacy
– enough chairs and couches
– internet connection
– drinks and light food such as fruit
– air conditioning
252 Football StadiUMS

253. Volunteers’ lounge
A room should be available for the volunteers to relax during the day and should
meet the following specifications:
– minimum size of 10m x 10m
– fully enclosed for privacy
– chairs and couches
– air conditioning
Massage room
A massage room / tent shall be located next to the players’ lounge and meet the
following specifications:
– minimum size of 6m x 3m
– flooring modules
– fully enclosed for privacy
– equipped with massage tables (min. 2)
– air conditioning
Medical facilities and services
This room should be used by players, match officials, the media, VIPs and security
personnel.
Position: in the dressing room area and as close to the teams’ dressing rooms and
the pitch as possible, with easy access to the outside entrance and direct access to
emergency vehicles. The doors and corridors leading to this room should be wide
enough to allow access for stretchers and wheelchairs.
Minimum size: 20m²
The room should have an examination table; 2 portable stretchers (in addition to
those at the pitch-side); a washbasin (hot water); a low foot basin (hot water); a glass
cabinet for medicines; a lockable non-glass cabinet; a treatment table and a telephone
(external / internal).
Football StadiUMS 253

254. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
The room should have walls or partitions which enable it to be divided into two
when necessary. In addition, the room needs to be equipped with:
–
defibrillator with rhythm and patient data recording
–
cardiac monitor
–
external cardiac pacing
–
infusion mounting and system with all equipment for injections and infusions set,
including venous indwelling cannulae
–
infusion system which is designed to allow administration of fluid warmed to
37°C +/- 2°C
–
pressure infusion device, volumetric infusing device
–
central vein catheters
–
pericardial puncture set
–
drug administration equipment
–
intubation equipment
automatic ventilator, stationary oxygen min. 2,000 litres or portable oxygen min.
–
400 litres, stationary non-manual suction device with minimum negative pressure
of 500mm of mercury with a minimum capacity of 1 litre, capnometer, PEEP
valve, thorax drainage kit
–
immobilisation equipment like vacuum mattress, spinal board, cervical collar-set
Doping control
Every stadium must provide a room for doping control purposes, comprising a
waiting room, a working room and a washing facility, all adjoining.
Position: near the teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms and inaccessible to the
public and the media.
Minimum size: 36m² (including toilet, working room and waiting room)
The doping control area should be well ventilated with fresh air; be air-conditioned
and centrally heated; have easily cleanable floors, walls of hygienic material, non-
slip floors; and be brightly lit.
The working room should have a desk, 4 chairs, a washbasin and mirror, a telephone
(external / internal) and a cabinet with a lock for sample bottles.
Toilet area
Position: immediately next to, with direct private access to, the working room,
capable of accommodating 2 people. Toilet and sanitary facilities should include 1
WC, 1 washbasin and mirror, and 1 shower.
Waiting room
Position: immediately adjacent to the working room.
The waiting room should have sufficient seating for 8 people, a refrigerator and a
television set.
254 Football StadiUMS

255. Storage room
The operations / storage room should be located near the stadium and meet the
following specifications:
– minimum size of 6m x 6m
– flooring modules
– fully enclosed and preferably lockable to ensure security
– minimum of 4 independent storage rooms
Operations and logistics offices
Operation and logistics offices should be located near to the VIP area. The following
facilities are to be provided:
– a secure, lockable room of an area not less that 60m²
– furnished with at least ten (10) working positions consisting of table / desk and chair
– adequate number of internet and telephone lines
Concession tents/booths (food and beverage)
The concession booths should be located near the spectator seating entrances
and exits to attract spectator traffic. Typically in a beach soccer event, the food
and beverage concession operators are done primarily by “hawkers” selling in the
tribunes. Due to the significant infrastructure required to support the demountable
seating, it is challenging to erect sufficient amounts of food and beverage concessions
to meet the needs of all stadium sectors unless they are erected immediately outside
of the stadium.
Accreditation tents/booths
Accreditation tent(s) / booth(s) shall be located near the VIP entrance.
Ticket sales tents/booths
If ticket sales are foreseen, ticket sales tent(s) / booth(s) should be located in the area
of the site expected to attract the heaviest flow of traffic. An ample number of on-
site ticket sales tents shall be used to ensure that fans can purchase tickets prior to
the matches in a timely, efficient manner.
Football StadiUMS 255

256. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
Toilet and sanitary facilities
Spectator toilets and sanitary facilities
Spectator toilets and sanitary facilities shall be easily accessible at the site. If
permanent facilities are not available, portable facilities including disabled accessible
facilities shall be utilised. These facilities should be located away from the centre of
crowd activity and be in accordance with all local laws and ordinances. There should
be ample toilet facilities to accommodate the expected number of spectators. Toilet
facilities shall not be within the view of television cameras.
VIP toilets and sanitary facilities
Executive toilets and sanitary facilities for the exclusive use of VIPs should be provided.
Team toilets and sanitary facilities
Toilets and sanitary facilities for the exclusive use of the players should be provided,
with easy and direct access from the player dressing rooms and benches.
Training pitch
The training pitch should be located as close as possible to the stadium.
Site access
All entrances and exits shall comply with all building and safety codes.
Public entrance
The stadium shall be designed with at least 2 general spectators’ entrances / exits
to the site and at least 6 entrances / exits for general spectators to access the
demountable seating.
VIP
The stadium shall have at least 1 exclusive entrance / exit available for VIPs to access
the VIP platform and seating area.
Players
The stadium shall be designed to have 1 exclusive entrance / exit for players to access
the players’ lounge and seating areas. Due to potential spectator overcrowding,
such entrances / exits should be subject to reinforced security measures.
256 Football StadiUMS

257. Football StadiUMS 257

258. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
11.7 p Beach soccer media
Exclusive controlled entrance / exit shall be provided for the accredited media
professionals.
International broadcast coordination centre (IBCC room)
The IBCC should be located in the TV compound or in another suitable location in
the immediate vicinity of the stadium. The following facilities in the IBCC shall be
provided: a secure, lockable room of an area of not less than 30m², furnished with
at least 3 working positions consisting of a table / desk and chair.
Working offices
A working space should be set up. The working space should have a sufficient
number of electric plugs and should have internet connection (details depending on
the size of the event).
Media centre
As a guide, 25 per cent of the total number of positions in the media tribune should
be provided as working spaces in the media centre (MC). This number does not
include all visiting media and support staff in the MC.
Adjacent to the media tribune, the following temporary structures should
be provided:
TV platform
Platform for TV, with length of 10.5m and depth of 3.6m; it shall be independent in
order to avoid movements produced by spectators.
TV commentary positions
A minimum of 5 positions are recommended to meet the needs of live broadcasters.
These boxes shall have an unobstructed view of the pitch and be equipped
accordingly. Please refer to Technical Annex for the FIFA World Cup™.
Photographers
The photographers should be situated as follows: left side of the left-hand bench
and right side of the right-hand bench from the perspective of the main stand; and
on the left- and right-hand side of the goal posts. They need to stand on a platform
to facilitate their work.
258 Football StadiUMS

259. TV camera structures
TV camera towers position
The towers shall be designed as follows:
Main camera tower (cameras 1 2)
Cameras in the central stand (reserved seating sections) should be situated centrally,
at the halfway line. The height and distance from the pitch will be determined by
the TV company. The overall dimensions of the space allocated for the main cameras
should be a minimum of 3m x 8m. The structure shall be totally independent of the
rest of the structure in order to segregate it from the VIP spectators.
Crane camera tower (outside the stadium)
Raised camera platform large enough to place a crane camera on the far exterior
right-hand corner of the stadium. The size, exact location and layout of the platform
shall be decided by the event organiser and the TV company.
Tower for giant screen
2 towers for the giant screen in metallic tubular structure. The giant screen will have
at least the following characteristics: width: 4.2m; depth: 3.15m; access by external
stair secured with safety rings.
Football StadiUMS 259

260. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
1 Field of play
1.01 Pitch 1 45 1,036 37 x 28
1.02 Pitch quality 1 45 1,036 37 x 28
1.03 Players‘ tunnel 1 90 90 2 x 45
1.04 Substitutes‘ bench 2 10 5 10 seats x 0.5m
1.05 3rd referee / timekeeper‘s table 1 4 4 4 seats x 1m
1.06 Photographers‘ positions 4 15-30
1.07 Players‘ warm-up area 2 7 10 2x5
1.08 Advertising board pitch perimeter 3 99 99
1.09 Scoreboards 2
1.10 Video screens 1 15 5x3
1.11 Interior stadium bowl flags
1.12 Floodlights TBD
2 Technical area beneath main stand
2.01 Teams‘ dressing rooms 4 16 17.5 5 x 3.5
2.02 Showers 1 10 20 10 x 2
2.03 Referees 2 5 9 3x3
2.04 Entertainers / ceremonies changing room 1 8 20 4x5
2.05 Technical control room 1 2 9 3x3
2.06 Youth programme changing room 1 20 25 5x5
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
260 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within stadium

261. BEACH SOCCER WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Overall pitch and auxiliary area: length: 45m, width: 38m
The surface is composed of sand, is level and free of pebbles, shells and any other objects
which could injure the players. The sand must be fine and at least 40cm deep. It must be sifted
until suitable for play, must not be rough or contain pebbles or any other dangerous elements.
However, it must not be so fine as to cause dust that sticks to the skin.
Under main stand 2m wide, located in front of the halfway line of the pitch, beneath the main tribune and
connecting the players‘ dressing rooms with access from both sides of the tribune.
Main stand side. Right and 15 seats (7 substitutes and 3 officials). Distance between bench and touchline is 1.5 to 2m
left of halfway line depending on stadium layout.
Main stand side Positioned off the pitch, level with the halfway line and on the same side as the substitution
zones and at a distance of 1m-3m from the pitch. It should be equipped with a suitable
chronometer, the necessary equipment to make acoustic signals, as well as a connection to the
central clock / scoreboard.
Goal side and touchline No chairs are necessary
on main stand side
Goal side The area where the substitutes warm up during the match. Behind each substitutes’ bench,
an area of 5 x 2m should be kept free. These areas should be slightly displaced to the sides,
so as not to disturb the operations at the centre of the pitch.
Service tunnel The advertising boards should be connected to both normal and emergency power supply to
operate mechanical or electronic system. Advertising boards normally have a height of 70-90cm.
The minimum distances between the boundary lines of the pitch and the advertising boards
should be:
– On the touchline opposite the tunnel: 2.5-3m
– Behind the goal lines: 2.5-3m
Pitch The stadium should have 2 scoreboards with clock included:
– ne to be placed in one corner of the pitch, facing the main camera (the big screen
o
can be used as scoreboard/clock in that case)
– one to be placed under the main tribune, facing the grandstands
A second screen can be installed towards the outside for extra spectators
Sufficient space to accommodate a minimum of seven flags opposite the main stand,
five flags behind each goal and one flag above the main stand.
The floodlights are for the illumination of the field of play, yielding a shadowless environment
and in accordance with FIFA TV requirements. Please refer to the Technical Annex. To be decided
as per the match schedule.
Beneath main stand 17 chairs, clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for at least 17 people, a refrigerator,
1 massage table.
Near main stand
Beneath main stand Clothes-hanging facilities or lockers for 5 people, 5 chairs or bench seating
for 5 people, a refrigerator.
Main stand
Beneath main stand This is the location from which hall audio operations are controlled and requires power and data
points. Incorporate noise reduction elements into the design. Pitch sight needed to communicate
with the commentator.
Main stand
Football StadiUMS 261

262. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
3 Medical facilities
3.01 Stretcher-bearers’ and medical team 1 6 6 12
3.02 First aid and treatment room 1 8 29 4x5
3.03 Medical officer 1 2 incl. 3.02
4 Doping control
4.01 Waiting room 1 8 16 16
4.02 Medical office 1 4 12 12
4.03 WC 1 2 4 4
5 FIFA offices and meeting rooms
5.01 General coordinator / match commissioner‘s 1 2-3 20 4x5
office
5.02 Player escort room / youth programme 1 60 100
5.03 FIFA media officer 1 8 30 3 x 10
5.04 FIFA TV 1 6 3 3 x 10
5.05 FIFA IT room / disciplinary room 1 3 16 4x4
5.06 FIFA hospitality office 1 1-2 25 25
5.07 FIFA Competitions 1 3 16 4x4
5.08 FIFA general coordinator 1 3 16 4x4
5.09 Technical Study Group 1 4 16 4x4
5.10 Referees committee member / assessor / 1 4 16 4x4
video specialist
5.11 FIFA Marketing 1 5 20 5x4
5.12 FBSSL Competitions 1 6 24 6x4
5.13 FIFA Directors 1 4 16 4x4
5.14 FIFA IT server room 1 8 2x4
5.15 FIFA Logistics 1 2 40 10 x 4
5.16 FIFA offices – office services 1 6 3x2
(printer, fax, photocopier)
5.17 Meeting room (crisis management) 1 5 25 5x5
6 LOC offices and meeting rooms
6.01 LOC event manager / assistant 1 2 16 4x4
6.02 LOC stadium manager / construction 1 4 16 4x4
manager / technical director
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
262 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within stadium

263. BEACH SOCCER WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Pitch Close to one players‘ bench – the position for the medical personnel on the pitch.
Dedicated tent With easy access to the outside entrance directly to emergency vehicles. The doors and corridors
leading to this room should be wide enough to allow access for stretchers and wheelchairs. Used
for players, match officials, media and security personnel working close to the pitch.
Dedicated tent The area where players wait to be tested. Connected to the waiting room
and the medical office. Air-conditioned and well ventilated.
Dedicated tent Close to the teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms and inaccessible to the public and the media.
Dedicated tent Toilets must be linked to the medical office and large enough for two people.
Under main stand
Media centre 8 working positions (8 tables and 8 chairs)
Media centre 6 working positions (6 tables and 6 chairs)
FIFA offices 3 working positions (3 tables and 3 chairs)
West stand
FIFA offices 3 working positions (3 tables and 3 chairs)
FIFA offices 3 working positions (3 tables and 3 chairs)
FIFA offices 4 working positions (4 tables and 4 chairs)
FIFA offices 4 working positions (4 tables and 4 chairs)
FIFA offices 5 working position (5 tables and 5 chairs)
FIFA offices 6 working positions (6 tables and 6 chairs)
FIFA offices 4 working positions (4 tables and 4 chairs)
FIFA offices
FIFA offices 2 working positions (2 tables and 2 chairs)
FIFA offices Colour printer, 1 BW printer, fax, 1 photocopier
Main stand building 1 big table and 10 chairs
LOC offices 2 tables and 4 chairs, 1 TV
LOC offices 4 working positions (4 tables and 4 chairs)
Football StadiUMS 263

264. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
6 LOC offices and meeting rooms
6.03 LOC IT coordinator / logistic / security 1 4 16 4x4
6.04 LOC marketing manager / signage / 1 4 16 4x4
hospitality / catering
6.05 LOC infotainment manager / 1 4 16 4x4
entertainment / ceremonies
6.06 LOC transportation manager/ 1 2 12 3x4
accommodation
6.07 LOC media officer 1 1
6.08 LOC accreditation manager 1 6 24 6x4
6.09 LOC medical officer 1 4 24 6x4
6.10 LOC spare office 1 6 24 6x4
6.11 LOC volunteer centre 1 20 24 6x4
7 Access control points
7.01 Match day ticketing office 2 2 4 2x2
8 Retail shops – food
8.01 Merchandise
9 Hospitality areas – stadium
9.01 Skyboxes / hospitality suites 12-20 6-10 optional
9.02 Business seats according TBD optional
to
programme
and sales
9.03 Commercial hospitality seats lounges – 1 TBC optional
semi-final
9.04 VIP lounge – opening and final 1 700 TBD
9.05 VVIP lounge – opening and final 1 80 TBD
9.06 VIP kitchen 1 TBD according to capacity
9.07 Commercial hospitality kitchen 1 TBD according to capacity
9.08 VIP flash interview 1 TBD
9.09 VIP reception desk 1 4
9.10 VVIP reception desk 1 4 TBD
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
264 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within stadium

265. BEACH SOCCER WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
LOC offices 4 working positions (4 tables and 4 chairs)
LOC offices 4 working positions (4 tables and 4 chairs)
LOC offices 4 working positions (4 tables and 4 chairs)
LOC offices 3 working positions (3 tables and 3 chairs)
Media centre
tbc 6 working positions (6 tables and 6 chairs)
Medical tent
LOC offices
LOC offices Sofas, TV, internet corner and coffee machine
Next to accreditation
All public zones
20 skyboxes minimum for opening, semi-finals and final; other matches: 12 skyboxes.
Appropriate dedicated toilets, stairs and lifts are essential for commercial hospitality
(for ease of access). One TV per skybox.
West stand and /
or east stand
West stand and /
or east stand
VIP tribune
VVIP tribune Segregated area for VVIPs, special seats – 1.8m, 1 TV monitor, decoration – plants and flowers.
Next to lounges
VIP tribune
VIP tribune Used by protocol
VIP tribune Used by protocol
Football StadiUMS 265

266. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
10 Hospitality areas – within stadium perimeter
10.01 Commercial affiliate hospitality village 1 TBD 5 to 5.6m² per occupancy based on order and capacity
10.02 Commercial hospitality 1 TBD 4.6m² per occupancy based on order and capacity
11 Media interview areas
11.01 Multilateral flash interview 2 4 6 3x3
11.02 Unilateral flash interview 2 4 6 3x3
11.03 Presentation studio 8x5
11.04 TV studio – FIFA interview studio 8x5
11.05 Mixed zone 1 60 60 10 x 6
12 Press conference room
12.01 Press conference room 1 60-100 60 10 x 6
12.02 Head table 1 6 incl. 12.01
12.03 Interpreting booths 2 2-4 incl. 12.02
12.04 Camera platform 1 1 incl. 12.03 2 x 10
13 Media areas – tribune
13.01 Desk positions 1 80 TBD TBD
13.02 FIFA.com and observer seats 8 8 8 8x1
13.03 Commentary positions 8 8 32 16 x 2
14 Main media centre – stadium media centre
14.01 Welcome desk 1 1 2 2x1
14.02 Refreshment area 1 80 TBD TBD
14.03 Pigeon holes 25 25 TBD TBD
14.04 Media work desks 30 30 60 30 x 2
14.05 Lockers 10
14.06 Offices – editors / Media Channel / 1 8 16 8x2
FIFA.com
15 Broadcast compounds
15.01 Broadcast compound 1 350 350
15.02 FIFA, FBST, HBS office space 1 2 30 6x5
16 Broadcast areas
16.01 Commentary control room
16.02 Announcer platform
16.03 Rate card technical areas
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
266 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within stadium

267. BEACH SOCCER WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
300m from centre of stadium
300m from centre of stadium
Players‘ tunnel Near tunnel entrance. Cable pathways to be identified. Technical and domestic power.
Players‘ tunnel Near tunnel entrance. Cable pathways to be identified. Technical and domestic power.
Main stand TBD
Close to dressing TBD
room area
Players‘ exit Between dressing room and players‘ buses. Size and layout to be finalised.
Main stand
Main stand
Main stand FIFA official languages are: Spanish, French, English, German
Main stand
VIP tribune Independent access from VIP
VIP tribune Independent access from VIP
VIP tribune Each box 2.2m
Media centre
Media centre
Media centre
Media centre 4 to 6 of them with computer. The rest with internet access
Media centre Size of lockers (trolleys for photographers)
Media centre 8 working positions
TBD incl. portacabins, water-borne sewage, cable bridge – cables and broadcasters, on flat ground,
truck access, portacabins by LOC – 300m² to HBS
In broadcast compound
quite likely not needed, TBD
quite likely not needed, TBD
quite likely not needed, TBD
Football StadiUMS 267

268. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
17 Camera positions
17.01 Camera 1 2 2 2 20 2 x 10
17.02 Camera 3 1 1 6 2x3
17.03 Camera 4 5 2 2 6.25 2.5 x 2.5
17.04 Camera 6 1 1 22.5 2.5 x 9
17.05 Camera 7 1 1 24 3x8
17.06 Camera 8 1 1 6.25 2.5 x 2.5
17.07 Camera 9 1 1 6.25 2.5 x 2.5
17.08 Camera 10 1 1 – –
17.09 Camera 11 1 1 6.25 2.5 x 2.5
17.10 Camera 12 1 1 6.25 2.5 x 2.5
17.11 Camera 13 1 1 6.25 2.5 x 2.5
17.12 Camera 14 1 1 6.25 2.5 x 2.5
17.13 Camera 15 1 1 6.25 2.5 x 2.5
17.14 Unilateral camera position 3 3 15 2.5 x 6
17.15 Unilateral camera position 3 3 15 2.5 x 6
17.16 Unilateral camera position 3 3 15 2.5 x 6
17.17 Unilateral camera position 3 3 15 2.5 x 6
18 Spectator areas
18.01 Food and beverage concessions TBD TBD TBD TBD
18.02 Commercial display – partner 6 600 100
18.03 Commercial display – supporter 6 300 50
18.04 Commercial display – host city 1 100 100
18.05 Commercial display – LOC 1 100 100
18.06 Official licensed product concessions A 6-10 TBD 18 6x3
19 Ceremonies
19.01 Changing rooms 1 10 12 4x3
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
268 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within stadium

269. BEACH SOCCER WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Centre line – west stand Optimal viewing of 23 degrees to the horizontal from main camera platform to near touchline.
Construction should be solid and free from vibration (including the reaction of fans).
No obstructions to a clear line of sight up to and beyond all four corners of the pitch and
the back of the goals.
Between benches No platform needed
Steadycam next to benches Platform 2.5 x 2.5
Crane camera behind Crane cam approx. 9m long
left goal
Far exterior right-hand Raised camera platform large enough to place a crane camera
corner on the far exterior right hand corner
Behind goals Super slomo camera on platform
Raised on south stand
Moving Handheld camera incl. flash interviews
Reverse angle for bench Platform 2.5 x 2.5
Beauty, up in the corner Beauty shots camera only, location TBC
Raised on north stand
Raised reverse angle High in tribune. Platform 2.5 x 2.5 needed
Behind goals Super slomo camera on platform
Behind right goal – left
Behind right goal – right
Behind left goal – left
Behind left goal – right
Stadium perimeter
Stadium perimeter Each partner has 100m² (x 6), each national supporter has 50m² (x 6) and charity campaigns –
discussions needed to be had. Power supply, access to water supply and waste facilities, food
beverages concessions, surface needs to be level, drainable and rigid.
Stadium perimeter
Stadium perimeter
Stadium perimeter
Internal stadium perimeter Size and quantity is dependent on the event hosted (opening and final matches)
Main stand Ceremony requirements will be decided when the ceremony concept is available,
5 additional camera positions may be used for opening and closing ceremonies
Football StadiUMS 269

270. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
20 Accreditation centre
20.01 Queuing area 1 20
20.02 Welcome desk 1 1
20.03 Print station 1 4
20.04 Head accreditation office 1 2 8 2x4
20.05 IT position 1 1 TBD TBD
21 Public address systems
21.01 Sound control room 1 8 2x4
22 Service compounds
22.01 Volunteer rest area 1 200 200 200
22.02 Security assembly area 1
22.03 Waste removal 1
22.04 Partner / sponsor / supplier tbc
22.05 Food beverage storage
22.06 Back-up generator 4
23 LOC signage
23.01 LOC office
23.02 Storage
23.03 Work area
24 Parking facilities
24.01 Team coach drop-off 1
24.02 Team car parking 1 TBC
24.03 VIP drop-off 1 TBC
24.04 VVIP drop-off 1
24.05 FIFA staff drop-off 1 TBD
24.06 VVIP cars 20 TBD TBD
24.07 FIFA partner 18 TBD TBD
24.08 FIFA staff 20 TBD TBD
24.09 LOC parking TBD TBD TBD
24.10 TV broadcaster parking – other 4 TBD TBD
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
270 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within stadium

271. BEACH SOCCER WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Outside turnstiles
Outside turnstiles
Outside turnstiles
Outside turnstiles
Back of house
Back of house
Back of house
Back of house
Back of house Used by Coca-Cola and other food beverage storage. Buffer product to avoid running out of
stock: 30% of stock e.g. 6,000 seat = 9,000 units + 3,000 (buffer units) = 12,000 units.
Back of house
Back of house
Back of house
Back of house
Players‘ entrance
Out of stadium
VIP entrance
VVIP entrance Dedicated drop-off with direct access route to VIP lounge by dedicated lift / stairs
FIFA / LOC entrance
Close to VVIP entrance
Close to VVIP entrance
FIFA / LOC entrance
FIFA / LOC entrance
Outside broadcasting area
Football StadiUMS 271

272. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
25 Transportation areas
25.01 Airports
25.02 Rail stations
25.03 Coach drop-off
25.04 Park and ride
25.05 Spectator parking
26 Official hotels
26.01 FIFA staff hotel TBD
26.02 LOC hotel TBD
26.03 Teams‘ hotel TBD
26.04 Referees‘ hotel TBD
26.05 FIFA VVIP guests hotel TBD
27 Training venues
27.01 Pitch 1 27 x 38
27.02 Security fences
27.03 Warm-up area 2 27 x 38
28 LOC fan parks
28.01 VIP area
29 Scoreboards / video screens
29.01 Video screen 1 1
29.02 Video screen 2 (optional) 1
29.03 Scoreboard 1 1
29.04 Scoreboard 2 1
30 Flag poles
30.01 National flags 16
30.02 FIFA flags 1
30.03 FIFA Fair Play flags
30.04 UN flags
30.05 Confederation flags
30.06 IOC flags
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
272 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within stadium

273. BEACH SOCCER WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
Off site
Off site
Off site
Off site
Off site
Out of stadium
Close to the main pitch
Main public gathering
Stadium corner
Outside stadium
At the second tier line
At the second tier line
Opposite side to
the main stand
Opposite side to
the main stand
Opposite side to
the main stand
Opposite side to
the main stand
Opposite side to
the main stand
Opposite side to
the main stand
Football StadiUMS 273

274. 11.1 Futsal strategic pre-construction decisions 204
Futsal and 11.2 Futsal players and match officials 208
beach soccer 11.3 Futsal media areas 214
11.4 Futsal space requirements 220
11.5 Beach soccer stadium construction 246
11.6 Beach soccer players and match officials 249
11.7 Beach soccer media 258
11.8 Beach soccer space requirements 260
)
(m 2
r
be
ea
um
e2
ar
cy 4
yn
am
d
ry 1
r3
te
an
or
en
go
es
be
p
g
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
e
Siz
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Sp
31 Ticketing centre (TBC)
31.01 Welcome desk TBD
31.02 Front office 1 2 10 5x2
31.03 Queuing area 1
31.04 Troubleshooting area 1
31.05 Venue manager office 1 2
31.06 Secure storage
32 Volunteer centre
32.01 Rest area 1 40 incl. in (LOC areas)
33 IT technical areas
33.01 Primary technical area 1 1 30 incl. in (FIFA offices)
34 Others
34.01 Central logistics warehouse 20 10 x 2
35 Ticketing kiosk
35.01 Ticketing kiosk in the city TBD TBD
1 Area TBD To be determined,
2 FIFA location designation negotiated between FIFA
3 Quantity of spaces required and the local organiser
4 Anticipated occupants
274 Football StadiUMS 5 Placement within stadium

275. BEACH SOCCER WORLD CUP
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
ts
n5
en
io
m
at
m
c
Co
Lo
2 people at desk positions
Depends on whether it is decided to do over-counter sales but to be included
in back room which should be secured (ticket stock / safe)
Outside perimeter IT installation and temperature control
Installation of ticketing kiosks at selected places
Football StadiUMS 275

276. Temporary facilities
276 Football StadiUMS

277. Infrastructure required for the FIFA World Cup™
can comprise both permanent and temporary
installations and a combination of both.
Football StadiUMS 277

278. 12.1 Event facilities 278
Temporary facilities 12.2 Event experience 278
12.3 Demountable structures 281
12.4 Event facilities – sustainability 287
12.1 p Event facilities
Infrastructure required for the FIFA World Cup™ can comprise both permanent and
temporary installations and a combination of both. For example, a stadium media
centre or stadium accreditation centre could be a tent structure or integrated into
an existing building adjacent to the stadium. However, these buildings may require
refurbishment in order to meet the operational, safety and aesthetic requirements
of the event and it is advisable for stadium owners to budget adequately for this
undertaking. When handled in a considered manner, temporary architecture has the
advantage of being mobile, adaptable, lightweight and cost-effective.
Event facilities include temporary products such as demountable seating, tents,
platforms, ramps, cable and pedestrian bridges and signage; and services, such as
electrical and mechanical services, waste water, ventilation and air conditioning.
12.2 Event experience
p
General
All stadium venues should be separated into front-of-house and back-of-house
areas, around a seating bowl and associated field of play.
Front of house (FOH)
The venue’s front-of-house area is the domain of the spectators and accommodates
all of their needs at the venue entrance. The entrance to the stadium includes the
security and ticket inspections, holding areas, circulation concourses, merchandise
kiosks, concessions and toilets and sanitary facilities.
The FOH component of the venue is the area the spectator has reached after
proceeding through the spectator entry point and / or security screening and ticket
rip. The FOH is comprised of three main sections: the area outside the venue and
leading to the venue; the concourse that contains spectator services; and the
spectator seating area.
The concourse areas consist of open space where spectators are free to move around
at their leisure throughout the period of the event. These areas allow reasonable
circulation for a large number of people. A concourse area may be required
both outside and inside the secure perimeter, depending upon the size of the
stadium venue.
Shade / helter and rest seating for spectators accessing both indoor and outdoor
s
venues may be required, depending upon site context.
278 Football StadiUMS

279. Back of house (BOH)
The venue’s back-of-house areas accommodate the multiple accredited user groups
such as the players, competition management, FIFA officials, VVIPs and VIPs, media,
broadcast, workforce and security.
The back-of-house component of the venue is defined as those areas of the venue
designed to support the operation. Typically located out of the view of the public,
access to the BOH areas is restricted to those individuals with the appropriate
accreditation.
General accredited zones are designated areas within a venue that limit
participants’ access to areas they need to go to perform their support functions
and keep unauthorised persons out of reserved areas (see FIFA World Cup™ space
requirements document for details).
The broadcast compound area support the broadcast operations at the stadium.
They are located in close proximity and with easy access to the media and broadcast
facilities in the main tribune.
Seating bowl
Seating capacities for FIFA World Cup™ events may be higher than for the legacy
use of the stadium. Safe, lightweight and fully integrated demountable seating
systems can be deployed to increase capacity for the event. This seating can then be
removed after the event.
Football StadiUMS 279

280. 12.1 Event facilities 278
Temporary facilities 12.2 Event experience 278
12.3 Demountable structures 281
12.4 Event facilities – sustainability 287
2 H
1 Volunteers centre
1
4 Casualty clearing1 Volunteers centre 2 Ticketing centre
1 2 H station
3
4 Casualty clearing 1 Volunteers centre 2 Ticketing centre 3 Accreditation centre
H station 6
3
Casualty clearing 5 5
1 Volunteer centre
Volunteers centre
6
2 Ticketing centre
Ticketing centre 3 Accreditation centre
Accreditation centre 4 Mag and bag
Mag and bag
station
5 2 5
Ticketing centre
4 3 Accreditation centre 4
4 Mag and bag 5
1 Turnstiles centre
Volunteers
1 2 H
5
4 3
1 Accreditation centre
Volunteers centre 4 4 Mag and bagCasualty clearing5
4 Turnstiles 6
2 Commercial display
Ticketing centre
station
3
4 Mag and bag 6 5 Turnstiles 6 6 Commercial display 7 Media tribunecentre
42 Ticketing centre 6
3 Accreditation
6 5 Turnstiles 6 5 6 5
Commercial display 7 Media tribune 8 Hospitality village
3 Accreditation centre 4 Mag and bag
7
6 6
4 Commercial display
Mag and bag 4 7 Media tribune 8 Hospitality village 9
5 Broadcast compound
Turnstiles centre
2 H
4 1 Volunteers
1
7
7
5
1 Media tribune
Commercial display
Turnstiles centre
Volunteers 68 Hospitality village clearing9
4 AP Casualty Broadcast compound 10
6
2 Turnstiles media centre
Stadium
Commercial display
Ticketing centre Volunteers centre
1
station
2 H
3 1
8
66 Hospitality village
Commercial AP display 6 9 Broadcast compound
6 10 Stadium media centre 7 Outer perimeter
Media tribunecentre
2 Ticketing centre 6 8 4 Casualty clearing 3 Accreditation2 Ticketing centre
station
9 Broadcast compound 5 10 3 5
Stadium media centre 10 Outer perimeter Inner perimeter
AP 7
3 Media tribunecentre
Accreditation8 9
8
4 Hospitality village
Mag and bag3
6
Accreditation centre
10
8 Stadium media centre
Hospitality village 10 Outer
7 perimeter Inner perimeter AP
9 Access point
Broadcast compound
8 49 Mag and bag 4
5
9 4
5 5
1 Turnstiles centre Mag and bag
Volunteers 4
1 2 H
4 AP
10
9 Outer perimeter
Broadcast compound Inner perimeter Access point 10 Stadium media centre
Commercial displayTurnstiles
5
1 Turnstiles centre
Volunteers 9 6 AP Casualty clearing 6 5
Ticketing centre
4 44 4 2
station
10
6 Inner perimeter centre 4 3 AP
Stadium media
Commercial display 6 Access point 6 Media/ 7 Outer tribune
Media perimeter Commercial display
9 2 Ticketing centre
4 Hospitality VIP 6
8
FIFA/LOC broadcast 3 Accreditation6centre
4AP Accessperimeter
7 Outer pointparking
Media tribunecentre Media/
Media tribune 5parking 6
parking 5 parking
10 6 8 Inner perimeter
Hospitality village
Broadcast compoundMedia tribune
Hospitality
3
VIP
Accreditation
FIFA/LOC
9
broadcast 4 Mag and bag7
parking parking Inner perimeter
parking parking 7 AP Access point 8
Media/
8 Hospitality village 9 Broadcast compound Hospitality village
broadcast Mag and bag 4 Turnstiles
4 9 5
FIFA/LOC 4
parking 4
parking AP
9 Access point
Broadcast compound 7 10 Stadium media centre
5 Turnstiles 6
4
AP 6 Commercial displayBroadcast compound
9
10
6 Stadium media centre
Commercial display 6 6 Media/ 7 Outer perimeter
10
Media tribune Stadium media centre
8 6 broadcast AP
Hospitality VIP FIFA/LOC
Outer tribune
perimeter
parking parking parking parking
10 Inner perimeter
7 Media 9 8
8 Hospitality village Outer perimeter
8 Inner perimeter
Hospitality village 7 10
AP
9 Access point Inner perimeter
Broadcast compound
9 9
AP Access point centre 4
91 Broadcast compound
Hospitality village
Volunteers 6 AP
10 Stadium media Access point
Stadium mediaAP centre
centre
4 9
4
10 2 Stadium media centre
Ticketing centre Media/ Outer perimeter
Hospitality VIP 8
FIFA/LOC broadcast
4
parking
3 Outer perimeter
Accreditation centre
parking parking parking 10 Media/ Inner perimeter
9
Hospitality VIP FIFA/LOC broadcast
4 Inner perimeter
Mag and bag parking parking parking parking AP Access point
9
AP5 Access point
Turnstiles 4
4
6 Commercial display Media/
Hospitality VIP FIFA/LOC broadcast
7 Media tribune
parking parking parking parking
8 Hospitality village
Diagram 12a:
9 Broadcast compound
Temporary infrastructure
10 Stadium media centre
Outer perimeter
Outer perimeter
Inner perimeter
Inner perimeter
AP Access point
Access point
280 Football StadiUMS

281. 12.3 Demountable structures
p
Kit of parts
The kit of parts approach to temporary infrastructure seeks to capture all the
requirements of the FIFA World Cup™, ranging from the stadium structures, back-
of-house areas and spectator facilities through to entertainment zones. The kit of
parts should be consistent in terms of the aesthetic and operational approach across
all FIFA World Cup™ stadiums.
The kit of parts should include the following elements:
Stadium seating
Commentary position: temporary build-out within the seating bowl for broadcast
commentators
Camera platform: temporary platform built to accommodate TV cameras
Media position: temporary build-out within the stadium bowl for media
Video screens: video replay and sports presentation device within the seating bowl
Demountable seats: safe, lightweight, fully integrated seating system to increase
stadium capacities with seats that tip up to allow spectator circulation
Vomitory: means of access into seating bowls from the concourse area
Scaffold, decking and grid structures
Decking: decking platform applied to the exterior of portable cabin units to minimise
the amount of ramps and steps required in clusters of cabin units
Lift: platform or hydraulic multi-storey temporary lift for wheelchair circulation and
event operations
Pedestrian/cable bridge: used to allow circulation over areas of heavy pedestrian/
vehicular traffic
Ramps: access to seating tiers, concession cabins, toilets and sanitary facilities for
wheelchair users and maintenance operations. To include vehicle ramps that bridge
grade separation
Stairs: temporary solutions for multi-storey vertical circulation
Steps: temporary steps for access to cabins, platforms, etc.
Hard-wall structures (cabin/container)
Concession stand: food and beverage cabin
Merchandise stand: merchandise retail cabin unit
Generic: cabin that may be utilised for office space, ticketing, changing areas, etc.
Storage: cabin or container for general venue storage requirements
Toilets and sanitary facilities: toilet cabin units inclusive of units for disabled people
Football StadiUMS 281

282. 12.1 Event facilities 278
Temporary facilities 12.2 Event experience 278
12.3 Demountable structures 281
12.4 Event facilities – sustainability 287
Diagram 12b:
Temporary seating
Option AOption A
t t t Demountable seating seating
t Demountable seating
Demountable
Section A Section A
A A Demountable seating seating
Demountable seating
Demountable
Permanent seating seating
Permanent seating
Permanent
B B t t
Section B Section B
Option BOption B
A A Section A Section A
B B t t
Section B Section B
282 Football StadiUMS

283. Tent and fabric structures
The architectural strategy for all tents shall use standard modules of small span
portal tents, carefully arranged to provide visual consistency and coherence:
Larger tents: the module is simply repeated to create the desired size rather than
the tent span being increased, unless (rarely) there is a very particular reason for a
column-free space
Layout: the modules are arranged with gables arrayed in one direction to create
visual impact. The other sides of the tent may have vertical elements to provide solar
shading and for further visual effect
Height: where combined together, modules are of identical height, unless there are
strong reasons for one element to be taller, e.g. to introduce light or air flow at the
centre of an array or to mark an entrance
Cabins: complex elements such as kitchens, plant and equipment are delivered
in separate cabins or modular enclosures decoupled from tent structures covering
them; such modules may form the perimeter walls of the tent
Canopies
These are lightweight structures to provide shade and shelter over security screening
facilities and rest areas along a pedestrian route.
Utilities integration
HVAC: air conditioning units need to be provided where naturally ventilated comfort
cooling or air movement cannot be achieved.
Air conditioning or heating will be required in all hospitality areas. Acceptable
temperatures range from 20.0 to 25.5 degrees Celsius (68 to 78 degrees Fahrenheit)
at all times. A controllable thermostat should be provided within each structure.
Football StadiUMS 283

284. 12.1 Event facilities 278
Temporary facilities 12.2 Event experience 278
12.3 Demountable structures 281
12.4 Event facilities – sustainability 287
Electrical power
Electrical power shall be provided as needed to support the activity within each
temporary structure. Final electrical loads shall be determined by actual code
requirements based on final design.
Water/waste containment: effluent tank associated with toilet units
Water storage: grey water and potable water storage
Fuel storage: fuel store associated with power
Generators: mobile unit that will provide event temporary or back-up power
generation
Masts: telecoms mast in back-of-house areas
Cable bridge: scaffold bridge solution to enable multiple cables to cross areas of
heavy traffic
Cable containment: containment / covering device to manage cable, utility drainage,
water supply, etc.
Fencing and barriers
Secure perimeter: found at all entry points to the venue, defines the site perimeter
of the venue
Internal: spatial subdividing fence for internal use
Concrete barricade: concrete barricade located towards venue entry points to
enhance security
Water-filled barricade: vehicle management barricade
Metal barricade: pedestrian circulation and crowd management control device
Tenser/rope and stanchion: pedestrian circulation and queuing management
Circulation balustrades: found on stairs, ramp and other horizontal and vertical
circulation devices
Seating balustrades: special handrails found within the seating bowl itself
Furniture, fittings and equipment
Wayfinding
Beacon/tower: oversized wayfinding object to guide people in large crowds during
the day and night
Info board: human scale board with map and directional information
Signage: statutory and wayfinding signage
ATM: cash machine provided by others
284 Football StadiUMS

285. Street furniture
Bike racks: situated front of house, outside of the venue and on the perimeter; for
storing bicycles, which are not allowed into the venue
Bins: recycling, general waste, dumpsters, etc.
Flag poles: pole for raising the flags
Lifeguard chairs: traditional devices to elevate volunteers for the purpose of crowd
management
Loose furniture, fittings and equipment: benches, seats, tables, chairs, storage
devices, etc.
Look application: application of “look” items such as banners, scrim, logos, and
sport pictograms within the stadium and precinct
Awards podium: for presentations to teams and individuals
Retractable tunnel: pitch entry tunnel for athletes, competition management, etc.
Flags: ceremony, host city and FIFA flags within the seating bowl for ceremony
purposes
Football StadiUMS 285

286. 12.1 Event facilities 278
Temporary facilities 12.2 Event experience 278
12.3 Demountable structures 281
12.4 Event facilities – sustainability 287
Lighting
Architectural: entrances, venue approach, illumination of venue architecture
General lighting: general safety and task lighting, both internal and external in the
back-of-house areas
Field of play/pitch: sport- and broadcast-specific lighting to illuminate the field of play
Seating: lighting to illuminate the seating within the venue competition bowl, in
cases where there is demountable seating used for the event
Surface treatments
Carpet: recyclable / reusable carpet in high quality areas such as media centres,
lounge areas, and sponsor pavilions
Non-slip vinyl: durable surface used in wet areas such as concessions and players’
dressing rooms
Non-slip plywood: surface associated with the demountable seating
Artificial turf: for warm-up areas and other locations as required
Gabions: wire cages filled with a variety of materials, from rocks to crushed cans,
for earth retention, seating and stanchion stability
Potted plants small: likely internal use of small potted plants
Potted plants large: external use for trees in pots or surrounded by gabions to
provide seating
Vegetation: used to cover unsightly fences in high-profile areas such as spectator
front-of-house areas as well as VVIP / VIP and players’ routes in back-of-house areas
Feature: water and light features such as fountains and sculptures
Bark chip: used to fill gaps between temporary roads and paths and the existing
ground condition
Reinforced grass: standard product applied to grass to protect areas that will likely
see heavy crowd flow or vehicular traffic
Tarmac: road surface for external transportation areas
Temporary path: internal venue use to protect existing ground surfaces i.e. gravel
or interlocking plastic ground cover
Temporary road: internal venue use for high traffic flow areas, to protect existing
ground surfaces
286 Football StadiUMS

287. 12.4 Event facilities – sustainability
p
Selection of the materials and components used to create temporary facilities is
crucial with respect to sustainability.
Selection of materials
Materials should be selected with the following sequence of objectives in mind:
– zero waste to landfill
– protection of human health and the environment
– minimisation of embodied energy
Material quantity
At the heart of any materials management programme is the need to reduce
the quantity of materials required to satisfy the project. This must be the first
consideration.
Recycling
Recycling is also an important consideration. Recycling involves the processing of a For more on Green Goal,
material to put it back into productive use. This can involve: see Chapter 1.
1. Upcycling: the process of converting unwanted items into new materials or
products of better quality or a higher environmental value.
2. Downcycling: the process of converting unwanted items into new materials or
products of lesser quality and reduced functionality.
3. Composting: the process by which unwanted items that meet a certain
specification degrade under aerobic or anaerobic conditions to create a product
which can be put to beneficial use.
Reuse
Where possible, select materials that can be readily re-used. Some of the strategies
for improving the reuse of materials include:
– returning materials to suppliers for cleaning, testing and resale
– designing systems for dismantling with plug and socket connections and
mechanical fixings
– using popular materials which will have a greater reuse
Passive energy design
Wherever possible, attempt to use the principles of passive energy design for
temporary structures. Passive building technologies must be employed to avoid
a plethora of cooling systems with consequential cost, energy and materials
implications.
Football StadiUMS 287

288. 12.1 Event facilities 278
Temporary facilities 12.2 Event experience 278
12.3 Demountable structures 281
12.4 Event facilities – sustainability 287
Passive technologies include:
– flying roof
– thermal mass
– shading
– open spaces with good air flow
Design of temporary structures
Design of temporary structures should recognise that significant material reductions
are possible through selecting materials and systems that reflect the temporary
nature of the event. Examples include:
– settlement criteria for temporary structures can be relaxed
– road surface durability factors can be reduced
– requirements for heating will be minimal
– solar control to avoid overheating must be considered
– building regulations dispensations are possible
– most systems will operate 24/7 for the duration of the event and so variable
volume and complex seasonal control systems are irrelevant
Use of materials
The event period allows the use of materials in their basic form, ensuring the
potential for maximum disassembly, reusability and recyclability.
Examples of this strategy include:
– avoidance of paint, foil or laminate finishes to timber, steel, etc.; use of materials
in raw form
– avoidance of plastering partitions and walls; use of self-finished materials
– use of raw concrete or timber floor surfaces and avoidance of carpets, vinyl, etc.
– avoidance of laminate paper or card signs, leaflets, etc.; use of recyclable card
– avoidance of self-adhesive vinyl graphics; use of simple mechanical fixings
Event operation
The operation of the event can reduce energy consumption. For example, it is
possible to consider the use of additional staff to support operational requirements.
Supervision by event staff can be used to eliminate some typically automated systems
that we would find in a normal building environment.
Legacy
Where temporary facilities create long-term value, the item may remain in place as part
of the legacy of the event. Items where this is possible must be carefully considered
because their design criteria will change to those of a permanent nature. Items may
include street furniture, underground services, drainage and utilities, and kiosks.
288 Football StadiUMS

289. World Cup ™
CONSIDERATIONS
Temporary facilities
In delivering a FIFA World Cup™ competition, it is common to utilise permanent
and temporary structures. However, all proposals for temporary structures must be
reviewed and approved by the relevant FIFA authority to ensure that these structures
are compliant.
Football StadiUMS 289

290. 290 Football StadiUMS

291. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Football
Stadiums
Space requirements p
Sorted by category page296
Sorted by department page350
Please note that the data contained herein and in the Football Stadiums Technical
Recommendations and Requirements remain subject to specifically agreed terms and
conditions as set forth in the relevant hosting agreement, the stadium agreement and further
annexes hereto and as modified and / or enhanced by FIFA from time to time so as to reflect
any technological, commercial, operational or infrastructural developments necessary to
produce and deliver a FIFA World Cup™ to the highest international standard.

292. FIFA colour codes
The following colour codes are to be incorporated in all stadium architectural and
computer-aided design (CAD) drawings for the FIFA World Cup™. The allocation of
spaces noted within stadium drawings must highlight the area using the appropriate
departmental colour codes listed below. Proposed variations to the established
colour codes require FIFA’s approval, in writing.
Competitions FIFA OC
/L Ceremonies Hospitality
Offices
CMYK CMYK CMYK CMYK
50 | 0 | 60 | 0 30 | 50 | 0 | 0 10 | 35 | 0 | 0 20 | 35 | 0 | 0
RGB RGB RGB RGB
147 | 201 | 128 182 | 228 | 251 249 | 184 | 249 217 | 179 | 255
Media TV roadcast
/B IT T Security
CMYK CMYK CMYK CMYK
3 | 3 | 60 | 0 0 | 20 | 15 | 0 20 | 0 | 25 | 0 5 | 90 | 80 | 0
RGB RGB RGB RGB
246 | 233 | 136 254 | 215 | 205 218 | 255 | 209 225 | 55 | 55
292 Football StadiUMS

293. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
FIFA colour code
V / VIP Protocol Ticketing Commercial Concessions
Display
CMYK CMYK CMYK CMYK
60 | 30 | 0 | 0 50 | 0 | 35 | 0 0 | 35 | 60 | 0 5 | 35 | 50 | 0
RGB RGB RGB RGB
106 | 160 | 213 143 | 210 | 184 250 | 185 | 117 238 | 185 | 140
Spectators Medical Volunteers Logistics
CMYK CMYK CMYK CMYK
10 | 10 | 30 | 0 20 | 75 | 55 | 5 15 | 15 | 3 | 0 30 | 25 | 20 | 0
RGB RGB RGB RGB
232 | 221 | 185 194 | 90 | 90 217 | 211 | 227 186 | 186 | 186
Football StadiUMS 293

294. FIFA accreditation zones
The following is a list of FIFA accreditation zones which identifies the access
privileges required on the accreditation badge to enter departmental spaces. During
the stadium planning, construction and operational phases, the accreditation
zones and enforcement process should be indicated in the stadium drawings. The
accreditation operational plan, developed by the local organiser and approved
by FIFA, must detail the stakeholders’ access privileges, devices, enforcement
procedures, policies and procedures.
Zone Area Details
Zone 1* Field – Pitch area
– Substitutes’ benches
– ourth official’s bench
F
– Photographers’ area
– Pitch access and tunnel
Zone 2* Competition area – Dressing rooms, players
– Dressing rooms, referees
– Players medical room
– FIFA delegation offices
– LOC venue manager’s office
– Doping control
– orridors (with access to
C
dressing rooms) and offices
Zone 3 Public area – eneral public entrance
G
and areas
– Public toilet facilities
– Public points of sale
– Spectator medical centre
– ommercial and host
C
cities’ display
294 Football StadiUMS

295. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
FIFA accreditation zones
Zone Area Details
Zone 4 Operations-related – IFA offices (IT room, announcer’s
F
areas (offices) room, police/firemen, radio
control room, screen sound room,
electricity generator, emergency
medical facilities)
– LOC offices
– FIFA storage rooms
– LOC storage rooms
Zone 5* VIP area – VIP reception room
– FIFA banquet area
Zone 6* Media stands – Written press seats
– adio and TV commentators’
R
and observers’ seats
– hotographer seats
P
under observer seats
– ixed zone
M
– ress conference room
P
Zone 7 Media centre – Media working area
– Media catering area
– Photographers’ room
– acilities and services for media
F
Zone 8 Broadcast area – TV compound
– TV and radio studios
– Camera platform
Zone 9* Hospitality area – Official sponsor and
supplier village
– Hospitality village
– Hospitality lounges
– Skyboxes
* ome areas (indicated with *) will require additional credentials. Supplementary Access Devices (SAD)
S
will give access to certain defined areas on site; e.g. the pitch, stands and studios during this period.
Football StadiUMS 295

296. 296 Football StadiUMS

297. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Sorted by category page296
Sorted by department page350
Please note that the data contained herein and in the Football Stadiums Technical
Recommendations and Requirements remain subject to specifically agreed terms and
conditions as set forth in the relevant hosting agreement, the stadium agreement and further
annexes hereto and as modified and / or enhanced by FIFA from time to time so as to reflect
any technological, commercial, operational or infrastructural developments necessary to
produce and deliver a FIFA World Cup™ to the highest international standard.
Football StadiUMS 297

298. Table of contents
Department Page
1 Access control points 300
2 Spectator areas 300
3 Playing area 302
4 Dressing rooms (changing rooms) 304
5 Medical facilities 306
6 Doping control 306
7 FIFA offices 308
8 LOC offices meeting rooms 312
9 Ceremonies 314
10 Merchandise shops 314
11 Service compounds 314
12 Stadium signage and decor 316
13 Hospitality areas – stadium 316
14 Hospitality areas – within stadium perimeter 320
15 Media interview areas 324
16 Press conference room 326
17 Media areas – tribune 326
298 Football StadiUMS

299. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Sorted by category
Department Page
18 Stadium Media Centre 328
19 FIFA New Media areas 330
20 Broadcast compounds 330
21 Broadcast areas 330
22 Camera positions 332
23 International Broadcast Centre (IBC) 336
24 IT technical areas 336
25 Accreditation centre 338
26 Stadium ticketing centre (STC) 338
27 Volunteer centre 340
28 Flagpoles 340
29 Transport areas 340
30 Parking facilities 340
31 Security and emergency services 344
32 Auxiliary venues 346
33 Airports 348
Football StadiUMS 299

300. )7
(m 2
9
OC
)6
rL
ea
8
(m 2
ne
r2
to
ar
be
zo
l
en
ea
ta
um
n
e3
to
rtm
ar
tio
cy 5
t*
yn
am
n 10
d
d
ry 1
cu ce
pa
en
ita
r4
te
te
an
or
do eren
en
tio
de
go
es
es
be
m
d
p
g
cre
qu
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
ca
A
f
FIF
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Re
Ac
Re
Sp
Lo
1 Access control points
1.01 Vehicle search areas TBD TBD TBD TBD 3 LOC
1.02 Mag and bag area TBD TBD TBD TBD 3 LOC
1.03 Turnstiles TBD TBD TBD TBD 3 LOC
1.04 Ticket clearing points 2 2 4 3 Ticketing Adjacent to main
stadium entrance
1.05 Staff entry points TBD TBD TBD TBD 3 ALL Adjacent to spectator
turnstiles and mag
bags
2 Spectator areas
2.01 Commercial display – 15-20 n/a 4,000- 4,000- 3 Marketing Stadium perimeter OAA
commercial affiliates, 5,500 5,500 LOR
FIFA and host city
2.02 ATM min. 1 TBD TBD TBD 3 Marketing Internal stadium
perimeter
2.03 Food and beverage TBD TBD TBD TBD 3 Marketing Internal stadium OAA
concession stands perimeter and stadium LOR
concourses FLCA
2.04 Spectator seating TBD TBD TBD TBD 3 Ticketing Stadium bowl OAA
LOR
2.05 Spectator medical centre TBD TBD TBD TBD 3 LOC Stadium bowl / perimeter
1 Area 10 Placement within stadium TBD To be determined,
2 Drawing reference number 11 Affinity to other rooms/activities negotiated between FIFA
3 FIFA location designation 12 Typical structure required and the local organiser
4 Quantity of spaces required 13 The space is dedicated to one
5 Anticipated occupants function or shared with another
6 Area dimensions 14 equires heating, ventilation
R
7 Sum of area dimensions and air conditioning
8 FIFA accreditation zone 15 Requires telecom connectivity
300 Football StadiUMS (see key on page 6) 16 Requires internet connectivity
9 Space owner/planner 17 Requires uninterrupted power supply

301. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Sorted by category
ct 16
ne
ed
on
t 12
2
fe
kc
HV ted 13
ry 1
s 15
ts
en
on
or
11
13
en
ra
om
14
ity
an
tw
isi
ed
ca
po
m
AC
S 17
lev
fin
rm
ne
lec
di
ar
m
m
De
UP
Af
Pe
Sh
IT
Te
Co
Te
Te
Stadium perimeter Must allow for efficient security clearance during arrival times.     
Stadium perimeter     
Between stadium perimeter
    
and stadium bowl.
Must be accessible from both inside and Important to note that these are ticketing clearing points
outside the inner perimeter or turnstile line. (help desks) as opposed to a ticketing office. Number of clearing
points are subject to the number of access points to the turnstiles
      
(recommend that the stadiums consider an average of four clearing
points). Not possible at this point to confirm exactly how many
points are required per stadium.
Dedicated mag bag chutes and turnstiles for staff access into the
stadium. Location of these points is dependent on staff parking,
drop-off areas and operation pathways, e.g. staff operating in the   
stadium should not queue with general spectators when accessing
designated area and security screened as required.
Between search area and turnstiles. Located Area for sponsors to actively demonstrate their products / entertain
between outer perimeter (mag bag) and spectators. Area must be in main spectators’ flow to stadium. Level,
inner perimeter (turnstiles), or inside the compacted surface required with access to bulk services i.e. power,
inner perimeter. water and services provided by stadium. Area must be usable space,
free of foliage or other obstacles, i.e. benches, water features etc.    
Area must be well lit for evening matches and accessible for larger
vehicles and forklifts. Spectator access pathways to be a natural
pathway to the stadium, level, drained surface from point of
transport drop-off, pick-up and parking.
ATM(s) may be supplied in public areas by Depends on contract with service provider, ISDN line and normal
official event bank. Existing ATM(s) must be power supply. VISA / bank sponsor to inform about the quantity of     
disabled or removed. ATMs to be supplied.
Concession stands in public areas. One point of sale per 250 spectators, with 1-1.5m of counter space.
It is important to know as much as possible about the concession
stands as soon as possible for proper planning by the food and
concession partners as well as the LOC appointed concessionaire.      
Exclusive use of existing catering stands and equipment augmented
by temporary catering facilities. Access to water, power and
drainage.
Modular seating to be installed six (6) months prior to the start of
the FWC. Mobility-iImpaired seating numbers to be reflective of
the international standard in relation to stadium capacity. Careful
consideration must be given to Mobility-impaired pathways, ramps,
  
lifts, toilets and sanitary and other services from their point of arrival
to their seating positions and back. The above-mentioned services
are inclusive of VVIP / VIP areas. Audio description services to be
considered for spectators.
    
* The abbreviations refer to the following documents:
BMR Broadcast Media Rights FSTRR Football Stadiums LOTG Laws of the Game
FFG FIFA Flag Guidelines Technical Recommendations OAA Organising Association
FHTR FIFA Hospitality and Requirements Agreement
Technical Requirements FMR FWC Media Requirements TMD LOC Turf Management Document
FLCA FIFA / LOC Concessions Agreement HA Hosting Agreement (as approved by FIFA)
FR FIFA regulations FITR FWC Information TA Technical Annex
FSR FIFA Safety Regulations Technology Requirements
LOR List of Requirements Football StadiUMS 301

302. )7
(m 2
9
OC
)6
rL
ea
8
(m 2
ne
r2
to
ar
be
zo
l
en
ea
ta
um
n
e3
to
rtm
ar
tio
cy 5
t*
yn
am
n 10
d
d
ry 1
cu ce
pa
en
ita
r4
te
te
an
or
do eren
en
tio
de
go
es
es
be
m
d
p
g
cre
qu
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
ca
A
f
FIF
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Re
Ac
Re
Sp
Lo
3 Playing area
3.01 Pitch 1 25 105x68 125x85 1 Competitions LOTG
TMD
3.02 Players’ tunnel 1 90 4-6m width 60-90 1 Competitions Main stand LOTG
min 15m
length
3.03 Substitutes’ bench 2 23 23 seats 46 1 Competitions Main stand LOTG
x 1m
3.04 Fourth official’s bench 1 4 4 seats 4 1 Competitions Main stand LOTG
x 1m
3.05 Players’ outdoor warm-up area 2 14 3 x 30 90 1 Competitions Goal side FSTRR
3.06 Infotainment desk 1 4 8x1 8 1 LOC Main stand
3.07 Photographers’ positions 4 150-250 TBD TBD 1 Media Goal side and opposite FMR
touchline
3.08 Pitch to spectator seat – TBD TBD TBD TBD 1 Competitions Goal side FSTRR
goal side
3.09 Pitch to spectator seat – TBD TBD TBD TBD 1 Competitions Touchlines FSTRR
touchlines
3.10 Pitch protection TBD TBD TBD TBD 1 Competitions / Pitch perimeter FSR
Security
3.11 Advertising boards – TBD TBD TBD TBD 1 Marketing Pitch FSTRR
pitch perimeter
1 Area 10 Placement within stadium TBD To be determined,
2 Drawing reference number 11 Affinity to other rooms/activities negotiated between FIFA
3 FIFA location designation 12 Typical structure required and the local organiser
4 Quantity of spaces required 13 The space is dedicated to one
5 Anticipated occupants function or shared with another
6 Area dimensions 14 equires heating, ventilation
R
7 Sum of area dimensions and air conditioning
8 FIFA accreditation zone 15 Requires telecom connectivity
302 Football StadiUMS (see key on page 6) 16 Requires internet connectivity
9 Space owner/planner 17 Requires uninterrupted power supply

303. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Sorted by category
ct 16
ne
ed
on
t 12
2
fe
kc
HV ted 13
ry 1
s 15
ts
en
on
or
11
13
en
ra
om
14
ity
an
tw
isi
ed
ca
po
m
AC
S 17
lev
fin
rm
ne
lec
di
ar
m
m
De
UP
Af
Pe
Sh
IT
Te
Co
Te
Te
Service tunnel, players’ tunnel This is the area where the match is played, includes area behind
the goals and touchlines. Space must be large enough for warm-up
area behind goal lines. A minimum of 5m beyond the touchlines
  
and 5m beyond the goal lines must be of the same surface material
as the playing field. Pitch must have a minimum 6 weeks rest period
prior to first match at the stadium.
Dressing rooms and entry point An extendable tunnel protector is required from the mouth of the
from main stand to pitch players’ tunnel beyond the first row of spectator seats – width to   
accommodate six people abreast.
Main stand, Players’ tunnel These are seats for the substitutes in designated positions next
to the pitch adjacent to the main stand. The bench includes   
transparent heat reflecting / minimising Plexiglas™ cover.
Between substitutes’ benches Same design as substitute benches. Provides seating for one match
official and three event coordinators. The reserve assistant referee will
be seated elsewhere along the touchlines, either on their own bench      
with Plexiglas™ cover or with the stretcher-bearers, preferably on the
side of Team A’s substitutes’ bench.
Behind both goals and This is the area where the substitute players warm-up during the
photographer positions match. The warm-up area surface should be the same as the playing
surface i.e. grass or artificial turf with proper cushioning. Each area
to cater for 6 players and 2 officials. Should sufficient space not  
be available behind the goals, a shared warm-up area behind
assistant referee 1 must be provided. This area must cater for
3 players and one official per team.
Either behind the substitutes’ bench This is the location from which stadium infotainment operations are
of Team A or Team B controlled and requires power and data points. Incorporate noise
reduction elements in the design. Alternative location could be in     
the main stand within the CCR located adjacent to the Stadium
Operations Centre.
There are four (4) designated positions, Include media chairs behind goals. Domestic power to be supplied
namely, behind the goal line at the corner according to FIFA requirements. Internet access required.
flags and extending up to the halfway line     
on the touchline on the opposite side to the
main stand.
Pitch Min. 10m. In addition refer to 3.10
Pitch Min 8.5m. In addition refer to 3.10
Between pitch access and the first row Can be in the form of pitch protection barriers and / or security
of spectator seats. personnel. There are various products available in the market which
assist in the deterrent of pitch invasions and provides a safe and
  
efficient movement of spectators from their seats to the pitch in the
event of an emergency evacuation.
Requires access to dedicated power supply with synchronised
back-up supply for LED advertising boards. LED advertising boards   
measure between 0.90m-1.00m in height.
* The abbreviations refer to the following documents:
BMR Broadcast Media Rights FSTRR Football Stadiums LOTG Laws of the Game
FFG FIFA Flag Guidelines Technical Recommendations OAA Organising Association
FHTR FIFA Hospitality and Requirements Agreement
Technical Requirements FMR FWC Media Requirements TMD LOC Turf Management Document
FLCA FIFA / LOC Concessions Agreement HA Hosting Agreement (as approved by FIFA)
FR FIFA regulations FITR FWC Information TA Technical Annex
FSR FIFA Safety Regulations Technology Requirements
LOR List of Requirements Football StadiUMS 303

304. )7
(m 2
9
OC
)6
rL
ea
8
(m 2
ne
r2
to
ar
be
zo
l
en
ea
ta
um
n
e3
to
rtm
ar
tio
cy 5
t*
yn
am
n 10
d
d
ry 1
cu ce
pa
en
ita
r4
te
te
an
or
do eren
en
tio
de
go
es
es
be
m
d
p
g
cre
qu
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
ca
A
f
FIF
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Re
Ac
Re
Sp
Lo
3 Playing area
3.12 Advertising boards – TBD TBD 4m x 0.7m Min. 1 Marketing Pitch FSTRR
blind side per board 60m total
around
benches
3.13 Service tunnel 2 TBD TBD TBD 1 LOC Stadium bowl FSTRR
3.14 Video screens / boards 2 TBD TBD 3/4 LOC Stadium bowl TA
3.15 Interior stadium bowl flags TBD TBD TBD 3 Competitions Stadium bowl FFG
3.16 Floodlights TBD TBD TBD 3 LOC Stadium bowl TA
3.17 Contingency pitch TBD Min. Min. n/a Competitions / Off site FSTRR
105m x 125m x LOC TMD
68m 85m HA
4 Dressing rooms (changing rooms)
4.01 Team A, dressing room 1 23 80 250 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
4.02 Showers toilet facilities, 1 11 50 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
Team A in 4.01
4.03 Massage room, Team A 1 8 40 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
in 4.01
4.04 Kit manager’s room, Team A 1 3 25 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
in 4.01
4.05 Coaches and technical room, 1 4 30 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
Team A in 4.01
4.06 Refreshment / utility area, 1 TBD 25 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
Team A in 4.01
4.07 Players’ indoor warm-up area, 1 23 100 100 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
Team A
4.08 Team B, dressing room 1 23 80 250 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
1 Area 10 Placement within stadium TBD To be determined,
2 Drawing reference number 11 Affinity to other rooms/activities negotiated between FIFA
3 FIFA location designation 12 Typical structure required and the local organiser
4 Quantity of spaces required 13 The space is dedicated to one
5 Anticipated occupants function or shared with another
6 Area dimensions 14 equires heating, ventilation
R
7 Sum of area dimensions and air conditioning
8 FIFA accreditation zone 15 Requires telecom connectivity
304 Football StadiUMS (see key on page 6) 16 Requires internet connectivity
9 Space owner/planner 17 Requires uninterrupted power supply

305. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Sorted by category
ct 16
ne
ed
on
t 12
2
fe
kc
HV ted 13
ry 1
s 15
ts
en
on
or
11
13
en
ra
om
14
ity
an
tw
isi
ed
ca
po
m
AC
S 17
lev
fin
rm
ne
lec
di
ar
m
m
De
UP
Af
Pe
Sh
IT
Te
Co
Te
Te
Position to the left and right of the Can be attached to fencing or stadium bowl pitch perimeter.
substitutes’ benches. Blind side boards on main touchline measure 14 units of 4m
 
wide by 0.70m in height.
Access directly onto field level from stadium Four tunnels in the stadium corners are ideal to support
perimeter. pitch ventilation. Tunnel height to accommodate service vehicles   
(min 5m).
Ideally seen from every seat in the stadium. FIFA Competitions provides guidelines with respect to what content
is captured on video boards. Video boards to incorporate both a
     
scoreboard and clock. FIFA TV Competitions provide content and
guidelines with respect to what is shown on the screens.
Sufficient space and erecting options to May include FIFA, fair play, confederations, national, United Nations
accommodate the flags. and IOC flags. Flag dimensions must be proportional with the
stadium bowl. Positioning of the flags must take into consideration   
the stadium floodlights in order for the flags to be visible from all
areas (pitch / VVIP / VIP).
The floodlights are for the illumination of the field of play,
with yielding of shadowless environment and iin accordance with
   
requirements by FIFA TV. Uninterrupted power supporting continual
lighting lux to be supplied.
Within close proximity to the stadium / Contingency pitch for the stadium if required. To include necessary
host city. equipment and manpower to install pitch when required.    
Coach drop-off, doping control, This is the main dressing room for Team A and includes twenty
      
flash-interview areas three (23) lockers, flipcharts, white board and clocks.
Within players’ dressing room area Minimum eleven shower heads. Towel hooks to be placed in an
area next to showers for players to dry off. To include toilets, urinals  
and sinks with mirrors.
Adjacent to players’ dressing room area. The space would include 3 massage tables, utility table and
   
ice machine.
Players’ dressing rooms and, if provided, This is a small office for the kit manager to store and distribute
indoor warm-up area kit for players. A table, two chairs and a lockable cupboard are
  
required. Access / egress to this area must be accessible for large
equipment.
Adjacent to players’ dressing-room area. Provide four lockers, chairs, table, one toilet and one shower.
      
Dressing room Space should be made available for a refrigerator and tables so
that beverages, food or other items can be laid out for easy access
    
by players and staff. The space could be in the open hallway area
within team area or in dressing room itself.
Next to players’ dressing rooms. Indoor warm-up areas are a benefit for stadiums hosting double-
header matches as part of their legacy operations and provide an    
alternative warm-up area during inclement weather.
Coach drop-off, doping control, This is the main dressing room for Team B and includes twenty
      
flash-interview areas. three (23) lockers, flipcharts, white board and clocks.
* The abbreviations refer to the following documents:
BMR Broadcast Media Rights FSTRR Football Stadiums LOTG Laws of the Game
FFG FIFA Flag Guidelines Technical Recommendations OAA Organising Association
FHTR FIFA Hospitality and Requirements Agreement
Technical Requirements FMR FWC Media Requirements TMD LOC Turf Management Document
FLCA FIFA / LOC Concessions Agreement HA Hosting Agreement (as approved by FIFA)
FR FIFA regulations FITR FWC Information TA Technical Annex
FSR FIFA Safety Regulations Technology Requirements
LOR List of Requirements Football StadiUMS 305

306. )7
(m 2
9
OC
)6
rL
ea
8
(m 2
ne
r2
to
ar
be
zo
l
en
ea
ta
um
n
e3
to
rtm
ar
tio
cy 5
t*
yn
am
n 10
d
d
ry 1
cu ce
pa
en
ita
r4
te
te
an
or
do eren
en
tio
de
go
es
es
be
m
d
p
g
cre
qu
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
ca
A
f
FIF
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Re
Ac
Re
Sp
Lo
4 Dressing rooms (changing rooms)
4.09 Showers toilet facilities, 1 11 50 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
Team B in 4.08
4.10 Massage room, Team B 1 8 40 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
in 4.08
4.11 Kit manager’s room, Team B 1 3 25 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
in 4.08
4.12 Coaches and technical room, 1 4 30 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
Team B in 4.08
4.13 Refreshment / utility area, 1 TBD 25 included 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
Team B in 4.08
4.14 Players’ indoor warm-up area, 1 23 100 100 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
Team B
4.15 Referees 1 - dressing room 1 5-7 24-35 24-35 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
4.16 Referees 2 - dressing room 1 2 16 16 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
4.17 Referees’ showers 1 1 3 3 x 1.5m 5 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
4.18 Referees’ showers 2 1 2 2 x 1.5m 3 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
5 Medical facilities
5.01 Stretcher-bearers’ and medical 2 3/4 8 16 1 Medical Main stand LOTG
team area
5.02 Players’ medical room 1 4 50 50 2 Medical Main stand FSTRR
5.03 Medical officer’s room 1 2 incl. 5.02 incl. 5.02 2 Medical Main stand FSTRR
6 Doping control
6.01 Waiting room 1 8 16 16 2 Medical Main stand FSTRR
6.02 Medical office 1 4 16 16 2 Medical Main stand FSTRR
1 Area 10 Placement within stadium TBD To be determined,
2 Drawing reference number 11 Affinity to other rooms/activities negotiated between FIFA
3 FIFA location designation 12 Typical structure required and the local organiser
4 Quantity of spaces required 13 The space is dedicated to one
5 Anticipated occupants function or shared with another
6 Area dimensions 14 equires heating, ventilation
R
7 Sum of area dimensions and air conditioning
8 FIFA accreditation zone 15 Requires telecom connectivity
306 Football StadiUMS (see key on page 6) 16 Requires internet connectivity
9 Space owner/planner 17 Requires uninterrupted power supply

307. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Sorted by category
ct 16
ne
ed
on
t 12
2
fe
kc
HV ted 13
ry 1
s 15
ts
en
on
or
11
13
en
ra
om
14
ity
an
tw
isi
ed
ca
po
m
AC
S 17
lev
fin
rm
ne
lec
di
ar
m
m
De
UP
Af
Pe
Sh
IT
Te
Co
Te
Te
Within players’ dressing-room area. Minimum eleven (11) shower heads. Towel hooks to be placed
in an area next to showers for players to dry off. To include toilets,   
urinals and sinks with mirrors.
Adjacent to players’ dressing-room area. The space would include 3 massage tables, utility table and
  
ice machine.
Players’ dressing room This is a small office for the kit manager to store and distribute
kit for players. A table, two chairs and a lockable cupboard are
  
required. Access / egress to this area must be accessible for large
equipment.
Adjacent to players’ dressing-room area. Provide four lockers, chairs, table, one toilet and one shower.
      
Dressing room Space should be made available for a refrigerator and tables so
that beverages, food or other items can be laid out for easy access
    
by players and staff. The space could be in the open hallway area
within team area or in dressing room itself.
Next to players’ dressing rooms. Indoor warm-up areas are a benefit for stadiums hosting double-
header matches as part of their legacy operations and provide an    
alternative warm-up area during inclement weather.
Players’ dressing room Provide seven lockers, massage table, desk and chairs.       
Players’ dressing room Provide two lockers, massage table, desk and chairs.       
Within the referees’ dressing room. Provide three showers (with towel hooks) and one toilet.
  
Could also be used to accommodate female referees.
Within the referees’ dressing room. Provide one shower (with towel hooks) and one toilet.
  
Could also be used to accommodate female referees.
Close to players’ tunnel, emergency services This is the position for medical personnel on the field, 5-8m from
and adjacent to substitutes’ benches. the touchline. Incorporates heat reflecting / minimising Plexiglas™
 
cover. The reserve assistant referee may be seated on the stretcher-
bearers’ bench to the left of the substitutes’ bench of Team A.
Close to players’ tunnel and Used for players and team officials working close to the pitch.
emergency services. Stretcher access from the medical room to parking area for       
ambulances required. Refer to section 30, “Parking facilities”.
Close to players’ tunnel and
      
emergency services.
Close to players’ dressing rooms and 6.02. This is the area where players wait to be tested. The doping control
room is connected to the waiting room and medical office. Must
    
contain refrigerator with unopened drinks in plastic bottles, TV and
waste bin.
Close to players’ dressing rooms / Must be well ventilated, brightly lit with easily washable and
tunnel and emergency services. non-slippery floors. Must contain two desks with four chairs, one       
lockable cabinet, two waste bins, wash basin and a mirror.
* The abbreviations refer to the following documents:
BMR Broadcast Media Rights FSTRR Football Stadiums LOTG Laws of the Game
FFG FIFA Flag Guidelines Technical Recommendations OAA Organising Association
FHTR FIFA Hospitality and Requirements Agreement
Technical Requirements FMR FWC Media Requirements TMD LOC Turf Management Document
FLCA FIFA / LOC Concessions Agreement HA Hosting Agreement (as approved by FIFA)
FR FIFA regulations FITR FWC Information TA Technical Annex
FSR FIFA Safety Regulations Technology Requirements
LOR List of Requirements Football StadiUMS 307

308. )7
(m 2
9
OC
)6
rL
ea
8
(m 2
ne
r2
to
ar
be
zo
l
en
ea
ta
um
n
e3
to
rtm
ar
tio
cy 5
t*
yn
am
n 10
d
d
ry 1
cu ce
pa
en
ita
r4
te
te
an
or
do eren
en
tio
de
go
es
es
be
m
d
p
g
cre
qu
qu
cu
m
te
te
ac
ca
A
f
FIF
Nu
Oc
Ca
Ca
Re
Re
Ac
Re
Sp
Lo
6 Doping control
6.03 Toilet 1 2 4 4 2 Medical Main stand FSTRR
7 FIFA offices
7.01 General coordinator’s (GC) 1 2-3 40 40 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
office
7.02 GC meeting room (crisis 1 10 50 50 2/4 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
management)
7.03 GC storage room 1 n/a 20 20 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
7.04 Match coordination 1 40 100 100 2/4 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
meeting room
7.05 Match commissioner office 1 1 60 60 2/4 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
7.06 Head of delegation’s office 1 1 incl. 7.05 incl. 7.05 2/4 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
7.07 Technical Study Group office 1 2-3 incl. 7.05 incl. 7.05 2/4 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
7.08 Referees Committee member’s 1 1 incl. 7.05 incl. 7.05 2/4 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
office
7.09 Referees’ assessor 1 1 incl. 7.05 incl. 7.05 2/4 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
7.10 Referees’ video specialist 1 2 incl. 7.05 incl. 7.05 2/4 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
office
7.11 Security office 1 2 20 20 2 Competitions Main stand FSTRR
7.12 Youth programme 1 100 300 300 2/4 Marketing Main stand (lower level) OAA
LOR
7.13 Ball kids holding room 1 TBD 30-40 30-40 2/4 Marketing Main stand
and toilets
7.14 Mascot dressing room 1 3-4 10 10 2/4 Marketing Main stand
7.15 Marketing office 1 4-5 50 50 2/4 Marketing Main stand OAA
LOR
7.16 Rights protection programme 1 1-2 20 20 4 Marketing Main stand OAA
(RPP) office LOR
1 Area 10 Placement within stadium TBD To be determined,
2 Drawing reference number 11 Affinity to other rooms/activities negotiated between FIFA
3 FIFA location designation 12 Typical structure required and the local organiser
4 Quantity of spaces required 13 The space is dedicated to one
5 Anticipated occupants function or shared with another
6 Area dimensions 14 equires heating, ventilation
R
7 Sum of area dimensions and air conditioning
8 FIFA accreditation zone 15 Requires telecom connectivity
308 Football StadiUMS (see key on page 6) 16 Requires internet connectivity
9 Space owner/planner 17 Requires uninterrupted power supply

309. World Cup ™
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Sorted by category
ct 16
ne
ed
on
t 12
2
fe
kc
HV ted 13
ry 1
s 15
ts
en
on
or
11
13
en
ra
om
14
ity
an
tw
isi
ed
ca
po
m
AC
S 17
lev
fin
rm
ne
lec
di
ar
m
m
De
UP
Af
Pe
Sh
IT
Te
Co
Te
Te
Close to players’ dressing rooms and 6.02. Toilets must be linked to the medical office and large enough for
two people. Must be well ventilated, brightly lit with easily washable
   
and non-slippery floors. Must contain a toilet, wash basin, mirror,
shower and a waste bin.
Players’ dressing rooms and tunnel This is the office for the FIFA representatives managing
       
match day operations.
Adjacent to or within general coordinator’s
      
or match commissioner’s office
Can be located within the general Lockable and secure location required
  
coordinator’s office
Within stadium secure perimeter, Match coordination room required for match day minus one
ideally with view of the pitch meetings. Ideally, the room should have a pleasant ambience for       
meeting team representatives.
As close as possible to general May include areas listed in 7.6-7.10.
       
coordinator’s office
      
      
      
      
      
Close proximity to general Ideally located near or with LOC security office
       
coordinator’s office
Within minimum walking distance from Room ideally adjacent to the stadium bowl but within the perimeter
stadium, max. 300-400m from pitch. Ideally of the stadium for players’ escorts, flag-bearers and ball kids.
situated adjacent to an outdoor playing area. Should be an open area for meals and recreation and ideally have       
an outdoor playing area. Changing rooms and toilets for both boys
and girls are essential.
Required area with toilet for ball kids during the half-time
break only. Does not need to be in the stadium technical zone but   
must have easy access to and from the pitch.
Close proximity to players’ tunnel / pitch Access to toilets       
Within close proximity to general Typically used on match days and / or when the general coordinator
       
coordinator’s office will be working from the stadium. Lockable cabinet required.
Ideally next to or integrated within FIFA The RPP office in the stadium is generally used on match days.
Marketing office, however, accreditation
      
zones should be respected (Zone 4) and not
in the restricted competitions area (Zone 2).
* The abbreviations refer to the following documents:
BMR Broadcast Media Rights FSTRR Football Stadiums LOTG Laws of the Game
FFG FIFA Flag Guidelines Technical Recommendations OAA Organising Association
FHTR FIFA Hospitality and Requirements Agreement
Technical Requirements FMR FWC Media Requirements TMD LOC Turf Management Document
FLCA FIFA / LOC Concessions Agreement HA Hosting Agreement (as approved by FIFA)
FR FIFA regulations FITR FWC Information TA Technical Annex
FSR FIFA Safety Regulations Technology Requirements
LOR List of Requirements Football StadiUMS 309

310. )7
(m 2
9
OC
)6
rL
ea
8
(m 2
ne
r2
to
ar
be
zo
l
en
ea
ta
um
n
e3
to
rtm
ar
tio
cy 5
t*
yn
am
n 10
d
d
ry 1
cu ce
pa
en
ita
r4
te
te
an
or
do eren
en
tio
de
go
es
es
be
m
d
p
g
cre
qu
qu
cu
m
te